Fodg 4th Edition

Fiber Optic Design Guide
For AV Professionals
4TH EDITION
Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide
Fiber optic cables have emerged as the new standard for AV designers and integrators concerned with future-proofing their
systems and can be used for a complete AV cabling infrastructure or to augment a twisted pair or coaxial cabling installation.
As video technologies and standards continue to evolve, AV system designers and integrators are continuously challenged
with providing a cable infrastructure to support high resolution video, audio, and control signals commonly used today and
anticipating the needs of tomorrow. Todays digital video standards require multi-gigabit data rates to deliver high resolution
video from the source to the display. For the moderate to long distances found in modern AV systems, fiber optic cables offer
several advantages over coaxial and twisted pair cables. Leading AV designers and integrators have also learned that fiber
optic cabling ensures support for high resolution digital video signals, providing a path to higher resolutions in the future and
reducing the total cost of ownership over the life of the system.
The ability to design and install systems that function on fiber optic networks is becoming a competitive advantage for
successful AV integrators. As a leading manufacturer of products engineered for the commercial AV market, Extron has
developed an extensive line of fiber optic extenders, distribution amplifiers, switchers, and matrix switchers to help Extron
customers benefit from the advantages of fiber optic technology. Extron manufactures fiber optic products to support modern
digital standards including DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, and 3G-SDI as well as legacy analog video formats, such as RGB,
HDcomponent, and standard definition video.
The use of fiber optics in the AV industry offers the important advantage of sending multiple AV signals over extreme distances
with zero signal degradation and complete immunity from outside interference. Signals sent through fiber are also inherently
secure, making fiber-based transmission the preferred choice in government, military, and medical applications. These
advantages, together with the trend to include excess dark fiber in the design of modern facilities, make fiber optic products
ideal for AV use in government buildings, military installations, airports, stadiums, and university or corporate campuses.
The Fiber Optic Design Guide helps the AV professional develop the required expertise to employ fiber optic technology in
AV systems. The Guide provides tutorials on fiber optic technology and fiber cabling used in commercial AV systems. AV
professionals are provided with a basic understanding of the technology, combined with a practical how-to approach
for designing fiber optic AV systems. The Guide also includes sample AV system designs that illustrate common design
challenges and solutions, including signal flow diagrams and the necessary equipment. A condensed catalog of Extron fiber
optic products is also included. Also featured in the Guide is a reference section that includes a comprehensive glossary, a
list of applicable standards, and Frequently Asked Questions.
Extron Worldwide Sales Offices
USA West USA East Europe Middle East South Africa
India Asia China Japan Korea

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fiber Optics for AV Professionals
Fiber Optics for Professional AV Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Fiber Optic Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fiber Optic AV Signal Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fiber Optic AV System Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fiber Optic System Designs
Digital Signage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Sports Stadium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Campus Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Knowledge Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Courtroom of the Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Divisible Auditorium and Amphitheater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Extron Fiber Optic Product Solutions
Extron Product Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Audio and Control Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Distribution Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Matrix Switchers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Cables, Connectors, and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Standards, Glossary, and FAQs
Standards for Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Fiber Optic Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Frequently Asked Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
www.extron.com 1
Fiber Optics for Professional AV Systems
What is Fiber Optics? throughout sports stadiums, and between floors

Fiber optics is a transmission method for carrying in large office buildings.
video, voice, or data from one point to another
in the form of light over a glass fiber. Simply put, Future-Proof AV Systems for Emerging
the electrical signals carrying the information are Standards
converted to light using a light source, and then The transition from analog to digital video
transmitted down a glass fiber to a receiver that technologies introduces high-speed, multi-
converts the light back into an electrical signal gigabit digital signals into AV systems, and
using a photodetector. the move to 4K and Ultra-HD - UHD video
Fiber optic cable is a standards extends data rates well beyond
low-loss channel that Why Use Fiber Optics in AV 10Gbps. Supporting these high-speed digital
enables transmission Applications? signals requires a new approach. Many system
The combination of light and glass presents some designers and integrators are turning to a fiber
of high resolution unique properties that give AV professionals optic infrastructure for its high-speed capability
video, audio, and powerful tools in common AV applications. to carry large amounts of information. Fiber optic
control signals over A fiber optic cable can be used to send high cabling has the capacity to support todays high
very long distances. resolution video, audio, and control signals on a resolution digital video signals, and even higher
single fiber over 30km (18.75miles), without loss resolution signals in the future.
or degradation, no hum of a ground loop, and
completely free of electrical interference. Fiber optic cables can easily carry high resolution
video, audio, and control signals over extremely
Send High Resolution Video, Audio, and long distances with plenty of bandwidth to spare.
Control over Extreme Distances Installing fiber optic cables creates an AV system
Fiber optic cable is a low-loss channel that that meets the demands of todays HD systems
enables transmission of high resolution video, and provides a path for future expansion. Fibers
audio, and control signals over very long extremely high bandwidth ensures that future
distances. Losses in fiber optic cable are 0.2 to applications can be addressed with todays fiber
3.5dB/km, compared to 60dB/km for legacy installations.
RG6 coaxial cable at 100 MHz. The low-loss
nature of singlemode fiber enables transmission Lower Total Cost of Ownership
of 4K video signals up to 30km (18.75miles) as Fiber optic systems may also provide a lower
shown in Figure1. Fiber is being used to transmit total cost of ownership over the life of the
signals between buildings on college campuses, system when compared to a coaxial or twisted
pair solution. Fiber optic cables are smaller and
lighter, since the conduit for a fiber optic system
is much smaller than that needed for coaxial or
Figure 1. twisted pair cabling. Since the fiber cable has
Relative Cable Lengths for Transmitting 4K Video Signals high bandwidth or capacity, it can also be reused
through multiple system upgrades, as opposed
2m How Far Can You Transmit a to a copper system that requires old cables to be
DisplayPort 4K Video Signal?
Cable removed and new cables to be pulled for each
100 m
Twisted Pair
2,000 m
system upgrade.
Multimode
Fiber
30 km!
Singlemode Fiber optic switching and distribution equipment
Fiber
also typically consumes less power and produces
less heat than those for copper wiring, which
saves on both electrical and cooling costs. Since
2 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide
Figure 2. of cable terminations. Fewer terminations save Todays field
Cable Size Comparison
installation time and potentially reduce labor costs. termination kits
0.792 in 0.25 in 0.16 in make fiber as easy
Easier to Install than Coaxial Cable
The very light weight and small size of a fiber optic to terminate as other
cable translates into an easier installation. Fiber types of cabling.
consumes very little space in conduit and cable
Extron RG6-5 Unshielded Extron OM4 MM P
Five Conductor
RG6 Super High
Twisted Pair
Cable
Bend-Insensitive
Laser Optimized trays, and is easy to pull. An Extron plenum-rated
Resolution Cable Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Cable duplex fiber optic cable transmits a high-
resolution video signal but is only a fraction of the
size of a coaxial cable. The RG6-5 coaxial cable
fiber optic cables can transmit high resolution shown in Figure2 can carry one RGBHV signal,
signals over long distances, switching and while the depicted fiber can carry a DisplayPort,
distribution equipment can also be consolidated HDMI, DVI, 3G-SDI, or RGBHV high-definition
into a centralized location, reducing the size and video signal along with audio, bidirectional IR,
cooling costs for equipment closets located and bidirectional RS-232 control using Extron
throughout a large facility. Equipment can be alldigital technology. Fibers small size has led to
monitored and serviced from the main equipment its popularity in medical applications where there
room without disrupting activities in work areas. is often insufficient space for thicker cables.
Multiple AV Signals on a Single Fiber Todays field termination kits make fiber as easy to
Fiber optic cables have the capacity to carry terminate as other types of cabling. Simply strip,
multiple AV signals on a single fiber, reducing the cleave, and insert the fiber into the connector
number of required cables. A single fiber can be using modern connectivity systems such as the
used to transmit a high resolution DisplayPort, Extron Quick LC Fiber Optic Connectors and
HDMI, DVI, or RGBHV video signal, stereo audio, Fiber Termination Kit. Portable splicing tools are
IR control, and RS-232 control, replacing five also available to permanently join two optical
bulky coaxial, two audio, and one or more control fibers together, creating a high quality, reliable
cables. Replacing multiple cables with a single splice in minutes.
fiber simplifies installation and reduces the number
Figure 3.
Copper Cables Emit Electrical Signals While Fiber Optic Cables Have Zero Emissions
Eavesdropper Eavesdropper
Copper Cable Fiber Cable
www.extron.com 3
The ability to secure Safe for Sensitive and Hazardous Delivers Pixel-Perfect Video in Electrically
signals over fiber has Environments Noisy Environments
Fiber optic cable is largely comprised of glass, Fiber optic cables employ an all-dielectric
led national agencies
which does not carry electrical current, radiate construction, and therefore do not conduct stray
to require the use energy, or produce heat or sparks. Optical fibers electrical signals. Fiber is completely immune to
of fiber for secure can be safely installed in hazardous environments, electrical interference, see Figure 4. Immunity
transmissions. including oil refineries, mining operations, or to electrical interference allows for fiber cable
chemical plants, without the danger of generating installation in electrically noisy environments
an electrical spark. Applications using sensitive such as factory floors. It also eliminates crosstalk
electronics, such as medical environments, also in fiber bundles, which allows a large number of
benefit from the lack of electrical emissions with fibers to fit into a very compact cable.
fiber optic systems.
Eliminates Ground Loops in AV Systems
Send Sensitive Information over Secure The transmission of light down a glass fiber does
AV Systems not require a ground reference or return path, see
All copper cables, including coaxial and Figure5. The lack of the signal ground eliminates
twisted pair cables, emit small amounts of video hum bars, and the annoying, low frequency
electromagnetic radiation. An eavesdropper hum that often accompanies audio signals.
can go undetected, picking up the faint signals
to intercept sensitive information as shown in Dark Fiber Applications
Figure3. Dark fiber refers to previously installed but
currently unused fiber that may be part of the
Fiber optic cables transmit light, so the lack of cable infrastructure called the physical plant. The
electrical emissions makes it virtually impossible plant refers to all cables, connectors, adapters,
to eavesdrop on a fiber optic cable without patch panels, and splice drawers installed on
physically altering the cable. Intercepting an a campus or in a building. It may include both
optical signal requires placing a splitter or tap fiber optic and copper cables that are used for
onto the individual fibers, which interrupts or the various communications, security, computer,
reduces the amount of light in the fiber and is and audio visual systems. Long haul optical links
easy to detect. This helps to create a secure may also include optical amplifiers, repeaters,
channel, and makes it very hard for someone to and regenerators to support transmission over
intercept the signal. The ability to secure signals extreme distances that can span hundreds or
over fiber has led national agencies to require the even thousands of kilometers.
use of fiber for secure transmissions.
FOXBOX FOXBOX
Tx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus
Figure 4.
POWER POWER
12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232
No Interference
1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM
1 2
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
Fiber Optic Cables are Completely Immune to Electrical Interference Tx Rx Tx Rx

AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL
Fiber Cable
No
Signal
FOXBOX FOXBOX Interference
Tx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus
POWER POWER
12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232
No Interference
1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM
1 2
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
Tx Rx Tx Rx
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL
Copper Cable
Fiber Cable
No
Signal
Figure 5. Modern fiber optic
Fiber Cabling Does Not Require Shielding or Return,
Eliminating Ground Loops termination tools
and training have
accelerated the
Signal Circuit 2
Conductor
Signal Shield VNoise deployment of fiber
Circuit 1
optic AV systems.
Shield Shield
Ground Ground
Ground Loop
Not at Earth
Ground
VGround
Earth Ground
Ground Reference
Fiber Cable Circuit 2
OVER FIBER REMOTE FOX Tx AV OVER FIBER REMOTE FOX Rx AV
O
I OPTICAL U OPTICAL
N Tx Rx Tx Rx
Tx Rx T
Tx Rx Tx Rx
Tx Rx
POWER P Y/VID B-Y/C POWER P Y/VID B-Y/C
AUDIO AUDIO
12V U 12V
U
0.6A MAX L R ALARM 0.6A MAX L R ALARM
T T
S S
Circuit 1
R-Y S-VID 1 2 R-Y S-VID 1 2
FOX Tx AV FOX Rx AV
Shield Shield
Ground Ground
Not at Earth
Ground
VGround
Earth Ground
Ground Reference
As telecom and datacom systems were upgraded accordance with TIA/EIA standards, the network
to fiber optics, universities, industrial parks, is fully documented and characterized.
government facilities, and office buildings installed
fiber optic cables for current and future use. The Tools and Training for AV Professionals
structure of fiber networks often enables fiber Modern fiber optic termination tools and training
connections for multiple applications. Using pre- have accelerated the deployment of fiber optic
installed fiber can provide multiple benefits to the AV systems. The latest fiber termination systems
end user and AV installer, including cost savings simplify the installation of fiber optic cables and
associated with running cables. It can also avoid eliminate messy epoxies. Advanced training is
unnecessary demolition that may deface the available that demystifies fiber optic technology,
building or incur renovation costs. When using providing AV professionals with the needed
dark fiber, it is important to determine the type knowledge and skills to address applications
of fiber, lengths of runs, and the optical losses best served by a fiber optic solution. Some
to ensure selection of the right equipment, and AV installers also use third-party vendors that
to verify that the fiber is suitable for transmitting specialize in fiber optic cabling and termination.
video.
Many AV professionals may be reluctant to adopt
Depending on the network topology, accessing fiber technology as it can be intimidating. There
existing fiber networks may be as simple as is a common misconception that terminating
adding an interconnect cable to an existing optical fiber is time consuming and requires
patch panel. If the fiber network was installed in highly specialized skills. Today, fiber termination
www.extron.com 5
FOX Series fiber optic systems have been developed that require very lengths are available in both OM4 multimode
products can be used little training, and produce high quality fiber and singlemode versions to fit in any application.
connections in less time than it takes to terminate Extron cables also feature a bend-insensitive
for simple point-to-
a coaxial cable. design for a tight bend radius with minimal
point applications or in bending loss, further simplifying installation.
combination to tackle Easier-to-terminate cabling solutions and training
the most challenging help to alleviate these fears and make integration Fiber optic connectors and accessories include
efforts much more efficient. AV professionals who fiber optic termination tools, field-installable
AV system designs.
understand and embrace fiber optic technology connectors, and fiber optic test equipment. The
benefit from the ability to address applications Fiber Optic Termination Kit and Quick LC Fiber
that are best served by a fiber optic solution. Optic Connectors enable quick and easy field
termination of fiber optic cables. To ensure proper
Extron Fiber Optic Solutions connectivity, the Fiber Optic Test Set provides the
Extron fiber optic products are designed for tools needed to measure optical power and loss
end-to-end AV signal distribution over fiber optic throughout a fiber optic infrastructure.
cabling. The complete line of fiber optic products
for professional AV installations includes matrix Benefits of Fiber Optic-Based AV Systems
switchers, switchers, distribution amplifiers, signal from Extron:
processors, extenders, and audio and control M ost complete line of fiber optic product
solutions to meet the needs of challenging AV
products.
system designs
Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K and
To streamline installation, the line provides a
UHD environments
wide range of integrator-friendly features such
E
nterprise-wide distribution of DisplayPort,
as transmission of RS232 control signals with
HDMI, DVI, 3G-SDI, high resolution RGB, and
the AV signals, industry-standard LC connectors, standard definition video, as well as audio,
the capability to trigger a notification for fiber link USB, IR control, and RS232 signals over fiber
loss, and availability in multimode models for optic cabling
intermediate distances and singlemode models SpeedSwitch Technology provides
for extreme distances up to 30 km (18.75 miles). exceptional switching speed for HDCP-
encrypted content
T
ransmission of multiple signals on a single,
The all-digital technology of these fiber optic
small, and lightweight cable
products provides pixel-for-pixel performance for
Immunity to outside electrical interference
distribution of content with the highest quality.
J ITC certified for use in government
Engineered to maximize all the benefits of fiber
applications and other mission-critical
optic technology, the FOXSeries products can
environments
be used for simple point-to-point applications or
in combination to tackle the most challenging AV
system designs.
Fiber Optic Cabling, Connectors, and Tools

Extron fiber optic cables enable transmission
of pixel-perfect video, audio, and control over
extreme distances, and are compatible with
Extron fiber optic products. Bulk cable and
factory-terminated cable assemblies in various

Notes
www.extron.com 7
Fiber Optic Tutorial
Fibers ultra-low Figure 1.

Electromagnetic Spectrum
loss and nearly
unlimited bandwidth Wavelength
are prompting its 0.0001 nm 0.01 nm 10 nm 1000 nm 0.01 cm 1 cm 1m 100 m
widespread adoption.
Gamma Rays X-rays Ultra- Infrared Radio Waves
violet
Radar TV FM AM
Visible Light
400 nm 500 nm 600 nm 700 nm
Fiber Optic Technology Properties of Light

Fiber optic technology has revolutionized Electromagnetic Spectrum
worldwide communications. As the primary Light is electromagnetic radiation that is visible to
means for long distance transmission, fiber the eye. Visible light is a very small part of the entire
optic cables carry the bulk of cable television, electromagnetic spectrum, with an approximate
Internet, and phone traffic. Fibers ultra-low loss wavelength range of only 400 nm to 700 nm,
and nearly unlimited bandwidth are prompting its shown in Figure1. Each wavelength corresponds
widespread adoption, and make it ideal for high to a different color. In physics, the definition of
resolution digital video signals in AV applications. light is extended to include the ultraviolet and
This tutorial provides AV professionals with the infrared regions of the electromagnetic spectrum,
background information necessary to apply which are invisible to the human eye but exhibit
fiber optic technology to address design and properties similar to that of visible light. Optical
installation challenges. fibers transmit signals in the infrared region of the
electromagnetic spectrum.
Reflection
Figure 3. Reflection is the change in direction of a light
Figure 2. Refraction of a
wave at an interface between two dissimilar
Reflections on the Water Surface Light Beam
media so that the wave returns into the original
medium. In Figure 2, light reflecting from the
surface of the lake produces a mirror image of
the trees.
Refraction
Refraction is the change in direction of a light
wave due to a change in its speed as it passes
from one medium to another. A straw in a glass
of water appears to bend as it enters the water,
shown in Figure3.

Figure 4. Total internal reflection
(a) Partially Reflected; (b) Total Internal Reflection
is what enables light to
Refracted be transmitted along
Ray
an optical fiber.
Light is refracted
and reflected
n=1 n=1
n = n1 n = n1
e le
gl ng
l An A
ca
Incident angle al
i ti is greater than ritic
Cr critical angle. C
Incident Reflected Incident Reflected

Ray Incident angle is Ray Ray Ray
less than critical angle.
(a) (b)
The index of refraction, or refractive index, is Optical Fiber Construction

the ratio of light velocity in a vacuum compared Plastic Optical Fiber
to its velocity in another medium such as optical Plastic optical fiber POF, is an attractive
glass. It is a measure of the optical density of a option for many applications because of its light
material, and varies with the wavelength of light. weight, ease of use, and low cost. For example, a
TOSLINK cable is a POF that sends digital audio
Total Internal Reflection signals from a CD/DVD player to an AV receiver.
When a light wave strikes a boundary between The POF core diameter, typically 960 m, is
two mediums of varying optical density, it is approximately 100times larger than that of a
either reflected, refracted, or both, depending on glass fiber, shown in Figure5. Limited bandwidth
the angle of incidence. The angle of incidence and high attenuation have relegated POF to low
is measured between the light ray and the line speed, shortrun applications.
perpendicular to the surface at the point of
incidence, called the normal. When the angle Graded Index Plastic Optical Fiber
of incidence is small, a small portion of the Graded index plastic optical fiber GI-POF is
light is reflected while the majority of the light designed to provide a lower cost alternative to
is refracted as shown in Figure4(a). When the glass fiber for transmitting multi-gigabit signals
angle of incidence is sufficiently large, as shown
Figure 5.
in Figure4(b), an optical phenomenon called total
Plastic Optical Fiber
internal reflection occurs such that all light is
reflected. Jacket
Cladding
Core
The angle of incidence above which total internal
reflection occurs is referred to as the critical
angle. When light strikes the interface at an
Buffer
angle of incidence greater than the critical angle, Coating
all of the light is reflected. Total internal reflection Cladding
is what enables light to be transmitted along an Core
optical fiber. Light is reflected back and forth at an 960 m

125 m
angle within the fiber core. 1000 m 9-65 m
Plastic Optical Fiber Glass Optical Fiber
www.extron.com 9
Fiber features ultra-low over short distances. The graded index is An optional, secondary 900m buffer may be
attenuation and can designed to reduce modal dispersion in POF, added to the fiber for additional protection and
extending the available bandwidth in the fiber. strength as shown in Figure6. The secondary
carry video signals over
GIPOF is available in core sizes of 50 m, buffer is a harder material than the 250m buffer
extreme distances. 62.5 m, or 120 m, with a cladding size of coating, and is typically applied to fibers used in
490 m or 750 m. They usually operate at tight-buffered indoor cables. Loose-tube outdoor
650 nm, 850 nm, or 1300 nm wavelengths. cables typically use the 250m buffered fibers,
Attenuation is typically between 40dB/km and without the addition of the secondary buffer.
100 dB/km, and the maximum transmission
distance for a gigabit Ethernet signal is Light Sources Used in Fiber Optic AV
100meters or less. Distances are considerably Systems
shorter for multi-gigabit signals that are typically Light Emitting Diode
found in AV systems. Due to these limitations, A light-emitting diode LED is a semiconductor
GI-POF is not typically used in fiber optic AV device that produces a light output when an
systems. electrical current passes through it. It can be a
surface-emitting LED or an edge-emitting LED.
Glass Optical Fiber Structures of both types are shown in Figure7.
The main difference between glass optical fiber Light from an LED radiates out in all directions
and coaxial cable is that glass optical fiber
Figure 6.
exceeds coaxial cable performance in every way.
Anatomy of an Optical Fiber
Glass fiber features ultra-low attenuation and
can carry video signals over extreme distances.
Being made of glass, the optical fiber is not
Secondary Buffer
susceptible to interference from outside electrical
signals, such as from HVAC systems, and does
Buffer Coating
not experience ground loops. Also, fiber does
not emit an electrical signal, which makes it very Glass Fiber
Cladding
attractive for secure transmission in government Core 900 m

125 m 250 m
facilities. The lack of an electrical signal also
eliminates any chance of a spark, which enables
fiber to be safely used in hazardous or explosive Figure 7.
environments. Light-Emitting Diodes
The Anatomy of an Optical Fiber

Glass optical fibers are manufactured in a Metal
standard 125 m diameter. At the center of

P
the glass fiber is the core. Like the conductor
in a copper cable, the core of a fiber carries N
the light information from one point to another. Active Region
Metal
Surrounding the core is the cladding, which has Surface Emitting LED
a lower refractive index than that of the core. The

function of the cladding is to reflect the light back Active Region
Metal
into the core, keeping the light travelling down
P
the fiber. Together, the core and the cladding
form a solid glass fiber. A 250m buffer coating
N
is applied to the bare glass fiber during the
Metal
manufacturing process as a protective layer. Edge Emitting LED

like a light bulb. LEDs that emit visible light are than FP or DFB lasers. The structure of a VCSEL The VCSEL is a laser
commonly used as indicators on electrical diode is shown in Figure 8. The vertical laser diode that represents
equipment, car radios, clocks, etc. LEDs used cavity ensures that light emission is from the
a leap forward in
in fiber optics operate in the infrared range of surface. This allows VCSELs to be tested and
the electromagnetic spectrum, at 850 nm or sorted while still in wafer form, saving the cost performance over the
1300 nm, and are generally found in short- of packaging non-functional diodes. Alternatively, LED for multimode
distance multimode systems. edge-emitting diodes, such as FP and DFB systems, and at a
lasers, must be separated from the wafer and
much lower cost than
LEDs are characterized by a low to moderate packaged before being fully tested.
power output and a wide spectral width. Since FP or DFB lasers.
the light radiates out in all directions, LEDs are Since the VCSEL is a laser, it produces a narrow
only used with multimode fiber to improve light beam of light. Therefore, light coupling efficiency
coupling efficiency. The large numerical aperture is extremely high with nearly all of the light focused
of multimode fiber ensures sufficient light from the on the core of the fiber. Operating at 850nm, the
LED is coupled into the core of the fiber. VCSEL has a low to moderate output power and
a moderate spectral width. It can operate up
The LEDs popularity is due to its low cost. to 10Gbps over multimode fiber at distances
However, its broad spectral width, poor light up to a few kilometers. A longer wavelength
coupling efficiency, and low power output results VCSEL, operating at 1310nm, promises a low-
in significant chromatic dispersion and limits cost alternative for singlemode systems, but few
transmission distances. The limited bandwidth commercially viable devices have been produced.
of the LED also curtails the maximum data rate
to well under 1Gbps. LEDs are primarily used Fabry-Perot Laser
in multimode systems for local area networks The FP laser depicted in Figure10 is an edge-
LANs operating up to 100 Mbps. The low emitting semiconductor laser diode that operates
performance of the LED as a light source at 1310 nm for singlemode fiber. The edges
precludes its use in AV fiber optic applications. of the diode form semitransparent mirrors to
create a horizontal laser cavity, resulting in an
Laser Diode
A laser diode is a semiconductor device that
produces coherent light within a narrow band Figure 8.
of wavelengths. Laser diodes that emit visible Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser
light are used in barcode scanners, Blu-ray
Disc and CD/DVD players, and laser pointers.
In fiber optics, laser diodes operating in the Surface Emission
Light Path
infrared region are used in both multimode and
singlemode systems. Multimode systems use
Metal
vertical-cavity surface-emitting lasers VCSELs
operating at a wavelength of 850 nm, while P
singlemode systems primarily use Fabry-Perot
FP and distributed feedback DFB lasers,
operating at 1310nm and 1550nm. N
Metal
Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser
The VCSEL is a laser diode that represents a Active Region Mirror Stack Mirror Stack
leap forward in performance over the LED for
multimode systems, and at a much lower cost
www.extron.com 11
Both multimode and edge-emission light path. Since the die must be Figure 9.
Comparison of Light Output from
singlemode fiber cleaved from the wafer to expose the edge, the Semiconductor Photonic Devices
FP laser cannot be fully tested in wafer form
carry high resolution
both good and bad diodes must be packaged
video, audio, and prior to final testing. The added cost of packaging Center
Wavelength
control signals in AV defective diodes contributes to the higher cost of

applications. the FP laser. DFB Laser
(1310 or 1550 nm)
Optical Power
The FP laser produces a narrow beam of light.
Therefore, light coupling efficiency is extremely FP Laser
VCSEL
(850 nm)
(1310 nm)
high, which makes the FP laser ideal for
singlemode applications. Operating at 1310nm, LED (850 or
1300 nm)
the FP laser has a moderate output power
and a moderate to wide spectral width. It can
operate up to 10Gbps at distances up to tens of
kilometers over singlemode fiber.
Spectral Width
Distributed Feedback Laser
The DFB laser depicted in Figure11 is an edge-
emitting semiconductor laser diode that operates
at 1310 or 1550 nm for singlemode fiber. It is grating and packaging prior to testing increases
also available at wavelengths from 1270 through the manufacturing cost of the DFB laser when
1610nm to support coarse and dense wavelength compared to costs for the VCSEL and FP laser.
division multiplexing. The DFB laser structure is
similar to the FP laser with the addition of diffraction The narrow beam width, narrow spectral width,
grating. The grating provides fine tuning to create and high-power output make the DFB laser ideal
a high-power output with a narrow spectral width for long-haul applications. It can operate up to
and a very narrow beam width. 10Gbps or more at distances up to 100kilometers
and beyond, over singlemode fiber. A comparison
As with the FP laser, the DFB laser must also be of the laser light output power and spectral widths
packaged prior to final testing. The addition of the for common light sources is shown in Figure9.
Figure 10. Figure 11.

Fabry Perot Laser Distributed Feedback Laser
Active Region Active Region

Metal Metal
Edge Emission P Edge Emission

P Grating Light Path
Light Path
N N
Metal Metal
Semitransparent Semitransparent
Mirrored Ends Mirrored Ends

Fiber Optic Cable Performance of the electromagnetic spectrum where light Glass fiber is
Multimode vs. Singlemode Fiber propagates down a fiber. The first window is manufactured in a
Glass optical fiber can be classified as either around 850nm, the second around 1300nm,
controlled environment
multimode or singlemode fiber, depending and the third around 1550nm.
on the size of the core. The core is the center to reduce impurities
portion of the fiber that carries the optical Fortunately, semiconductor materials have and minimize
signal. Multimode fiber has a larger core than properties that enable light sources and attenuation.
singlemode, enabling light to travel down multiple photodetectors to operate within these windows.
paths or modes, and is available in two common The most common wavelengths used in fiber
core sizes: 50 m and 62.5 m. Singlemode optic systems are as follows:
fiber has a much smaller core at 9m, shown
in Figure12. The smaller core size allows light to Multimode: 850nm and 1300nm
travel down only a single path in the fiber. Singlemode: 1310nm, 1550nm, and 1625nm
Both multimode and singlemode fiber can carry

high resolution video, audio, and control signals. Dispersion in Fiber Optic Cables
Singlemode fiber systems tend to have higher Modal Dispersion
equipment costs than multimode systems, but The larger core size of multimode fiber leads to
transmit signals over much longer distances. a phenomenon called modal dispersion. On
longer cable runs, multiple light paths traveling
Attenuation in Optical Fiber through a multimode fiber tend to arrive at
Glass fiber is manufactured in a controlled different times, shown in Figure14.
environment to reduce impurities and minimize
attenuation. Attenuation is the loss of light or
signal power, often expressed as dB/km for loss
Figure 12.
per kilometer. Scattering and absorption are the Singlemode and Multimode Glass
two primary causes of attenuation within a fiber. Optical Fiber
Scattering is the change of direction of light rays Singlemode Multimode
or photons after striking small particles, including

the molecular structure of the glass and impurities
within the fiber core. It is the most significant
source of attenuation in optical fiber. Longer 8-10 m 50 m 62.5 m
wavelengths tend to experience less scattering 125 m

250 m
125 m
250 m
125 m
250 m
than shorter wavelengths as shown in Figure13.
Absorption is the conversion of light rays into Figure 13.
heat as they interact with the molecular structure Attenuation in Optical Fiber
of the glass and core impurities. In general,

shorter wavelengths experience less absorption Scattering Water Peaks Absorption
than longer wavelengths. However, water vapor

ATTENUATION
is a common impurity that occurs in minute

amounts, resulting in absorption peaks at very
specific wavelengths, shown in Figure13.
The combined effect of scattering and absorption 850 1300 1550

produces three windows in the infrared region WAVELENGTH
www.extron.com 13
OM4 fiber is Figure 14.

Modal Dispersion in Multimode Fiber
recommended for
new installations of Multimode Step Index Index Profile Input Pulse Output Pulse
multimode fiber. n2
n1
Multimode Graded Index
n2
n1
Singlemode Step Index
n2
n1
Table 1. Singlemode and Multimode Fiber Categories

Maximum
Fiber Core
Distance for Comments
Category Size
Video Signals*
OM1 62.5 m 300 m Graded-index multimode fiber originally created for
fiber optic LANs using LED light sources running at
100 Mbps. OM1 is for legacy applications only and
is considered obsolete by TIA-942-A.
OM2 50 m 1000 m Graded-index multimode fiber originally created for
fiber optic LANs using LED light sources running at
100 Mbps. OM2 is for legacy applications only and
is considered obsolete by TIA-942-A.
OM3 50 m 2000 m High bandwidth, laser-optimized, graded-index
multimode fiber designed for laser light sources,
such as a VCSEL, in Gigabit Ethernet systems. OM4
and OM3 are recommended for new installations of
multimode fiber. OM4 is preferred.
OM4 50 m 2000+ m Very high bandwidth, laser-optimized, gradedindex
multimode fiber designed for 10 Gigabit Ethernet.
OM4 and OM3 are recommended for new
installations of multimode fiber. OM4 is preferred.
WBMMF 50 m 2000+ m Wideband multimode fiber - WBMMF transmits
up to four 10 Gbps optical signals, each operating
at a different wavelength in the range of 850 nm
to 953 nm. Compatible with OM4 fiber for single
wavelength applications.
OS1 and 9 m 30 km Step-index singlemode fiber for extreme distances.
OS2
* Maximum distance using Extron FOX Series fiber optic extenders.

Figure 15. resolution video within buildings or facilities with Singlemode fiber
White Light Separates into Individual Colors
moderate range transmission distances, while has extremely high
singlemode fiber offers long-range transmission
bandwidth, and can
capability over extreme distances. Singlemode
fiber is used in very large facilities, such as airports transmit video signals
and stadiums, as well as between facilities, such over several kilometers.
as university campuses.
Chromatic Dispersion
The speed of light through glass varies with
wavelength; the shorter the wavelength, the
more quickly it travels. For example, white light
is composed of multiple wavelengths or colors
in the visible portion of the electromagnetic
spectrum. As it passes through a prism, the
colors travel at different speeds, and experience
a varying amount of refraction. This produces a
Similar to the effect of capacitance in coaxial rainbow of colors as shown in Figure15.
cable, modal dispersion causes light pulses to
spread out as they travel down the fiber, limiting Semiconductor laser light also contains multiple
the bandwidth of multimode fiber. Graded-index wavelengths, characterized by the spectral
multimode fiber reduces, but does not eliminate, width of the light source. Each wavelength
the effect of modal dispersion. This has led to travels at a slightly different speed down a
different types of multimode fiber, categorized by glass fiber, reaching the far end of the fiber at
bandwidth as summarized in Table1. a slightly different time. Different speeds lead to
pulse spreading as shown in Figure16, which is
Singlemode fiber only allows light to travel down referred to as chromatic dispersion.
a single path so modal dispersion does not occur.
Because of this, singlemode fiber has extremely Chromatic dispersion is a function of wavelength.
high bandwidth, and can transmit video signals Dispersion is higher for shorter wavelengths such
over several kilometers. In practical terms, as 850 nm and lower at longer wavelengths,
multimode fiber is ideal for transmitting high reaching a zero value around 1310nm.
Figure 16.
Chromatic Dispersion
www.extron.com 15
An optical loss analysis Figure 17. travels down an optical fiber. It is defined in terms
Cross Section of an Optical Fiber
is simply adding up of its vertical and horizontal components, shown
in Figure17.
the losses in the fiber Vertical
link, including the In an ordinary fiber, light is randomly polarized,

fiber, connectors, and such that it has components in both vertical
splices, to confirm that and horizontal polarization modes. Because of
imperfections in the glass or stresses on the fiber
the optical loss budget Horizontal
optic cable, the speed of light in the horizontal
is not exceeded. mode is slightly different from that of the vertical
mode. As shown in Figure18, this causes light
in the various modes to arrive at different times.
Since chromatic dispersion is a function of lights The phenomenon of light traveling at different
spectral content, it occurs in both multimode speeds due to the polarization mode is referred
and singlemode fiber. For typical distances used to as polarization mode dispersion PMD.
in multimode applications, modal dispersion is PMD occurs in both multimode and singlemode
usually much larger than chromatic dispersion. fiber, but has less significance when compared to
As transmission distances increase with the use modal or chromatic dispersion. Therefore, PMD
of lasers and laser-optimized fiber, chromatic is only important for very long-haul transmission
dispersion becomes more significant. In over singlemode fiber.
singlemode applications, chromatic dispersion,
along with attenuation, is a limiting factor in How Attenuation in Optical Fiber Affects
maximum transmission distances. Video Signals
Unlike coaxial cable, attenuation in optical fiber
Polarization Mode Dispersion does not increase with signal frequency, shown
Polarization mode refers to the orientation of a in Figure19. This functionality makes optical fiber
light wave, relative to the fiber cross-section, as it ideal for transmitting high resolution video signals,
including 4K and beyond, over very long distances.
Figure 18.
Polarization Mode Dispersion Typically, attenuation in multimode fiber is less than
3dB/km at 850nm, while attenuation in singlemode
fiber is less than 1 dB/km at 1310 nm. Since
attenuation in RG6 coaxial cable is approximately
62dB/km at 100MHz, fiber is the optimal choice
for transmitting high resolution video over extreme
distances.
The system designer must ensure that the amount

of light reaching the receiver has enough power to
exceed the receivers sensitivity by performing an
t
optical loss analysis. An optical loss analysis is
simply adding up the losses in the fiber link, including
the fiber, connectors, and splices, to confirm that
the optical loss budget is not exceeded.

Figure 19. Attenuation and
Attenuation in Fiber Optic Cables Compared to Coaxial Cable
dispersion limit the
600 maximum transmission
500 distance in a fiber optic
Attenuation in dB/km
400 system.
300
3 dB/Km
200
1 dB/Km
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Signal Frequency in MHz
RG59 RG6 Low-Loss Multimode Fiber Singlemode Fiber

Coaxial Cable Coaxial Cable (850 nm) (1310 nm)
In an attempt to improve the available loss budget reduced peak-to-peak amplitude without clearly
or compensate for poor receiver sensitivity, some defined logic levels. The corresponding eye
manufacturers design transmitters with output diagram is almost completely closed.
power that surpasses a receivers maximum input
rating. To avoid non-linear effects and potential Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber Optic AV
equipment damage in these types of products, an System Design
inline optical attenuator may be required for shorter Attenuation and dispersion limit the maximum
fiber runs. transmission distance in a fiber optic system.
Manufacturers of fiber optic AV equipment specify
Extron fiber optic products are designed to achieve maximum transmission distances to account for
the full loss budget without exceeding the maximum dispersion effects within the fiber, avoiding the
input rating of fiber optic components, eliminating
the need for external attenuators.
Figure 20.
Pulse Spreading and Intersymbol Interference
How Dispersion Affects Fiber Optic
Transmission
Dispersion in fiber optic cable is similar to
capacitance in coaxial cabling. Pulse spreading
leads to intersymbol interference ISI, and limits
the distance a signal at a given data rate can travel
down a fiber. ISI occurs when adjacent pulses in a
digital signal overlap as shown in Figure20. A Original
waveform and 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
eye diagram
The original digital signal in Figure 20(a) has

well-defined edges with clearly identifiable ones B Pulse
spreading and
and zeroes; the corresponding eye diagram is overlapping
wide open. After the signal passes through a

long length of fiber, dispersion causes pulses C Resulting
waveform and
to spread and overlap. Figure20(b) shows the eye diagram
effect of dispersion on the individual pulses.

The resulting waveform in Figure20(c) exhibits
www.extron.com 17
OM4 laser optimized need for complex bandwidth calculations or

analysis.
Macrobend Loss
multimode fiber is a
high-performance
In analog systems using coaxial cable, level and
fiber, designed for laser peaking can be used to compensate for losses
light sources, such in the cable. However, no such compensation
as VCSELs, which exists for optical fiber. Although manufacturers
specifications typically take dispersion into
transmit up to 25Gbps Figure 21.
consideration, an optical loss analysis is still
of data over a single valuable to ensure that the optical loss budget
fiber. is not compromised. Table2 summarizes design
Microbend Loss
considerations for fiber optic AV systems,
comparing coaxial and fiber optic cables.
Bending Loss in Fiber Optic Cable

Fiber optic cable is susceptible to two types of
loss from bending: macrobend and microbend.
Figure 22.
A macrobend is a large bend in a fiber cable that
exceeds the allowable bend radius, and results
in attenuation due to less-than-total reflection
at the core-to-cladding boundary. Macrobends cause light to refract into the cladding, allowing
the light to escape as shown in Figure21. As a
Table 2. Design Considerations for AV Systems Using general rule, no fiber cable should be bent more
Coaxial and Fiber Optic Cables
than 20times the diameter of the cable.
Coaxial Cable Fiber Optic Cable
Cable runs can be up Cable runs can be up to Microbending is a result of microscopic
to a few hundred feet several miles depending imperfections in the geometry of the fiber.
depending on video on fiber type and data
resolution rate
Usually, microbends are caused by a kink in the
fiber cable due to mechanical stresses, pressure,
Attenuation Attenuation is constant
increases with over a wide frequency or twisting. Improperly applied cable clamps or
frequency range zip ties can cause kinks as shown in Figure22.
Attenuation Attenuation increases Proper cable management reduces the likelihood
increases with with cable length and is of this type of loss.
cable length and is specified as dB/km
specified as dB/ft
Modern Fiber Optic Cabling
Cable resistance Fiber attenuation
reduces signal level reduces light power
Bend-Insensitive Fiber
and intensity over level over long distances Despite the best efforts of system designers,
long distances integrators, and installers to provide proper
Cable capacitance Modal dispersion in cable management and handling, bends and
reduces rise time multimode fiber spreads other stresses in fiber optic cables do occur.
and sharpness over light pulses and reduces
long distances bandwidth In response, fiber manufacturers developed
bend-insensitive fiber that tolerates bends
Level and peaking Optical losses
compensate for are added up and and stresses without incurring additional losses.
resistance and compared to an optical Extron bend-insensitive fiber optic cables are
capacitance in long loss budget
available in both multimode and singlemode
cable runs
versions.
OM4 Laser Optimized Multimode Fiber can be being transmitted along one WBMMF to Time Division
OM4 laser optimized multimode fiber is a high- achieve a 40 Gbps data rate. Multiplexing TDM
performance fiber, designed for laser light
combines multiple
sources, such as VCSELs, which transmit data Multiplexing in Fiber Optic Systems
at rates up to 25Gbps over a single fiber. It has Time Division Multiplexing digital signals into a
a 50m core, and is manufactured to reduce Time Division Multiplexing TDM combines single, serial digital bit
modal dispersion when used with an 850 nm multiple digital signals into a single, serial digital stream.
laser light source. OM4 is the fiber of choice bit stream. A specialized circuit called a serializer
for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission allocates parallel input streams into time slots in
standards that use multi-fiber ribbon cables the serial output. In a fiber optic system, the serial
with each fiber transmitting data at rates up to bit stream is transmitted as a single wavelength
25 Gbps. OM4 fiber also has the capacity to down a single fiber. On the other end of the
transmit high resolution, digital video signals over channel, a deserializer reconstructs the original
very long distances. parallel signal from the serial bit stream, shown
in Figure 23. Bidirectional communications in
Wideband Multimode Fiber a single wavelength fiber optic system using
Wideband Multimode Fiber WBMMF, as TDM typically requires two fibers one for each
defined by the ANSI/TIA-492AAAE standard, direction.
enables high-speed data transmission at
wavelengths in the range from 850 nm to 953 Wavelength Division Multiplexing
nm, compared to OM4 which is only defined for Wavelength Division Multiplexing WDM refers
use at 850 nm. WBMMF has an effective modal to transmitting two or more optical signals
bandwidth of at least 4700 MHz-km at 850 nm at different wavelengths along a single fiber.
to maintain backwards compatibility with OM4 Multiple wavelengths traveling down a single
fiber, and an effective modal bandwidth of at least fiber is similar to multiple radio signals traveling
2470 MHz-km at 953 nm for Short Wavelength through the air at different frequencies. Although
Division Multiplexing SWDM. SWDM is the the various light signals occupy the same
combining of multiple signals, typically four, physical space within the fiber, each wavelength
onto a multimode fiber. Each signal operates can carry a different signal that is independent
at a unique wavelength in the range of 850 nm of the other wavelengths. Additionally, the
to 953 nm. For example, four 10 Gbps signals different wavelengths can travel in the same or
Figure 23.
Serializer Deserializer
1
Serializer
2
3 2 1
3
1
Deserializer
2
3 2 1
3
www.extron.com 19
Because CWDM Figure 24.

Wavelength Division Multiplexing
requires the use
of DFB lasers, the WDM WDM
Multiplexer/ Multiplexer/
components are more De-Multiplexer De-Multiplexer
costly than those used Input 1

E-to-O
Converter
O-to-E
Converter Ouput 1
in single wavelength E-to-O O-to-E

Input 2 Converter Converter Output 2
systems.
E-to-O O-to-E
Input 3 Converter Converter Output 3
O-to-E E-to-O
Output A Converter Converter Input A
Multiple
Wavelengths
Over a Single Fiber
opposite directions, enabling bidirectional optical and its spectral width. In a WDM system, if the
communications over a single fiber as shown in transmitted wavelengths of two lasers overlap,
Figure24. there is potential for interference and a reduced
signal-to-noise ratio SNR. Therefore, it is vital
WDM can be used for any application where that the spacing between wavelengths in this
multiple signals are transmitted over fiber type of system be sufficient to reduce interference
optic cabling. The signals can be completely between adjacent signals and to provide an
independent, such as different channels in a acceptable SNR.
cable television environment, bidirectional USB
or RS-232 signals, components of a multi-lane Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
HDMI or DVI signal, or any combination of these. Coarse wavelength division multiplexing
As long as each signal is applied to a different CWDM is the transmission of up to 18different
wavelength, there is virtually no interference optical signals down a singlemode fiber at
between signals. wavelengths defined by ITU-T G.694.2. The
wavelengths are spaced at 20 nm intervals
However, in practical WDM systems, from 1271nm through 1611nm as shown in
semiconductor lasers transmit signals over Figure 25. A special device called a CWDM
a range of wavelengths rather than a single multiplexer combines the multiple wavelengths
wavelength. This range of wavelengths is onto a single optical fiber. CWDM has also been
characterized by a lasers nominal wavelength used generically to refer to any WDM signal
Figure 25. transmission with greater than 20nm channel
CWDM Wavelengths with 20 nm Channel Spacing spacing between wavelengths. For the purpose
of this Fiber Optic Design Guide, CWDM refers
to the ITU standard definition, and WDM refers
to the generic term of transmitting multiple
wavelengths along an optical fiber.
Optical Power
CWDM is typically used for intermediate

distances, high traffic data applications such as
1271 1291 1311 1331 1351 1371 1391 1411 1431 1451 1471 1491 1511 1531 1551 1571 1591 1611 in metropolitan network systems, cable television
Wavelength (nm)
networks, and other large broadcast networks.
Figure 26.
A fiber plant includes
Fiber Plant
all installed fiber,
Dropped Ceiling Dropped Ceiling splices, patch panels,
and connectors in
Patch Patch
a structured cabling
Panel
installation.
Panel
Dropped Ceiling Dropped Ceiling
Patch Patch
Panel Panel
Plenum-rated Cable
Patch Patch
Panel Panel

Equipment Room
Patch
Panel Patch
Raised Floor
Horizontal Cable
Panel
Riser-rated Cable
Splice Splice
Box Box
Outdoor Cable
Since CWDM wavelengths are not compatible telecom and data networks. A DWDM systems
with optical amplifiers, these types of systems extremely tight channel spacing requires very
are limited to a maximum transmission distance stable lasers with precision temperature controls.
of approximately 60km (37.28miles). Tending to be very costly, DWDM systems are not
used in standard AV applications.
DFB lasers are used to create the fiber optic
signal for CWDM applications. The narrow Fiber Optic Cable Construction
spectral width reduces interference between The Fiber Plant
channels. The diffraction grating within the A typical fiber plant for a multi-building campus is
device structure enables tuning a DFB laser to a shown in Figure26. The plant includes all installed
specific ITUCWDM wavelength. Because CWDM fiber, splices, patch panels, and connectors in a
requires the use of DFB lasers, the components structured cabling installation. Multiple types of
are more costly than those used in single fiber can be used in the plant, depending on the
wavelength systems. Figure 27.
Splice Tray
Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing
Dense wavelength division multiplexing
DWDM is the transmission of multiple optical
wavelengths with very tight channel spacing for
up to 160 channels at wavelengths between
1525 nm and 1610 nm. DWDM wavelengths
are compatible with optical amplifiers and other
components, and are used in ultra-long haul
www.extron.com 21
Fiber optic cables, Figure 28. Figure 30.

Fiber Optic Cable Construction Loose Tube Fiber Optic Cables
like coaxial cables,
are available in many
types and sizes to
Jacket
address a wide variety Aramid Yarn
of applications. Secondary Buffer
Buffer Coating
Glass Fiber
Cladding
Loose Tube Ribbon Cable Loose Tube Cable
Core
location, with splice boxes and patch panels equipment. When routed through ceiling and floor
providing convenient connection points for spaces with air ducts, cables must be plenum
transitioning from one type of cable to another. rated. Raised flooring is often used in equipment
rooms to conveniently route horizontal cables.
Outdoor cables designed for harsh environments Cables routed through raised flooring are usually
provide building-to-building connections. A required to be plenum-rated. When in doubt,
transition from outdoor cabling to indoor cabling plenum-rated cables are recommended. For a
is accomplished shortly after the outside cable detailed discussion on standards for plenum or
enters the building. Individual fibers of the outdoor riser ratings, please refer to the Standards for
cables are spliced onto fibers of indoor cables. Fiber Optic Cables section later in this guide.
Splices are protected in a special enclosure called
a splice box that contains one or more splice Basic Fiber Construction
trays, shown in Figure27. A common myth concerning fiber optic cable is
that it is fragile, requiring delicate handling due to
Riser-rated fiber cables are routed between its glass core. The reality is that fiber optic cables
floors to provide connections from a splice box are designed to be as rugged as, or even more
to an equipment room, from an equipment room rugged than, coaxial cabling.
to patch panels, and between patch panels.
Patch panels provide expedient connection for Fiber optic cables used in AV applications are
horizontal cabling. strengthened with Kevlar, the material used by
the military and law enforcement for body armor.
Horizontal cabling provides connection from Kevlar is the aramid yarn that forms the strength
a patch panel to end user or networking members of fiber optic cables. It absorbs most

Loose Tube Cable Construction Tight-Buffered Fiber Optic Cables
Tight-Buffered Fiber Optic Cables
Outer Jacket
Polyethylene
Aramid Strength
Elements
Central Dielectric
Strength Member
Flooded Core
Simplex Cable Duplex Cable
Thermoplastic
Tube
Moisture
Blocking Gel
Multiple Breakout Cable Distribution Cable
250 Micron
Fibers
Loose Tube Detail
of the strain on the fiber, especially during pulling, combat situations to provide a highly reliable Duplex, simplex, and
see Figure 28. The outer jacket provides an communications link. Broadcasters use tactical breakout cables are
additional layer of protection for the entire cable. fiber cables to provide a rugged, high bandwidth
commonly terminated
link between cameras and the broadcast truck for
Fiber optic cables, like coaxial cables, are sporting events and electronic news gathering. A by installers for
available in many types and sizes to address a rugged polyurethane outer jacket and aramid yarn interfacing to AV
wide variety of applications. Cables are available strength members provide superior protection equipment.
for both indoor and outdoor use, including direct from being run over by broadcast vehicles and
burial. They can be plenum- or riser- rated, and military support equipment.
can have from one to hundreds of fibers per
cable. Indoor Cables
Since AV systems are typically installed within
Outdoor Cables the interior of buildings, AV installers generally
Outdoor cables are designed to withstand work with indoor cable constructions. Fiber optic
rough handling, adverse weather, and harsh cables for indoor applications are available as
environments. The typical outdoor fiber optic plenum-rated and riser-rated cables, for installing
cable uses loose tube construction as shown in air spaces, walls, or between floors. Indoor
in Figures 29 and 30. The glass fibers are cable is usually constructed with a tight buffer,
well protected from moisture, stresses due to as shown in Figure31, with one or more fibers.
installation, and other hazards. The tubes and
fibers are color-coded for easy identification In AV systems, installers are typically involved with
during installation. Cables may be designed for point-to-point, interface, and horizontal cabling.
aerial installation from telephone poles or for Duplex and simplex cables are often used in
direct burial. Direct burial cables may also include point-to-point and as interface connections
an armor jacket for protection from rodents. between transceivers. Simplex cables are also
used for patch cables. A breakout cable provides
Rugged Tactical Fiber Cables individually jacketed fibers for easier termination
Tactical cables are very strong cables with and routing of each fiber into a switching station
ruggedized connectors, and are used by the or to end user equipment. Duplex, simplex, and
military and broadcasters, shown in Figure32. breakout cables are commonly terminated by
The military uses tactical fiber cables in installers for interfacing to AV equipment.
Figure 32.
Applications for Tactical Fiber Cables
www.extron.com 23
Notes

Fiber Optic AV Signal Distribution
Basic Fiber Optic AV System These early attempts at employing fiber optic Transmitters
A simple fiber optic system for extending high technology suffered from poor signal quality due support digital
resolution video, audio, and control signals is to optical losses and non-linearity in fiber optic
formats, including
shown in Figure 1. The transmitter converts the systems. Losses in fiber optic cables degraded
video signal from the laptop into a series of light the signaltonoise ratio and made cable DisplayPort, HDMI,
pulses. The light pulses travel down the optical compensation difficult. The optical-to-electrical DVI, and 3G-SDI,
fiber cable to the receiver, which converts the O-to-E conversion process also introduced or analog formats
light pulses back to a video signal for the display. non-linear effects that further distorted analog
such as RGBHV,
Transmitters support digital formats, including signals. Digital transmission eliminates these
DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, and 3G-SDI, or analog adverse effects. HD component, and
formats such as RGBHV, HD component, and standard definition
standard definition video. If an analog format is Converting Video, Audio, and Control Signals video.
used, the transmitter converts the analog signal into an Optical Signal
to a digital signal before sending it down the fiber. An optical transmitter converts electrical signals,
including video, audio, and/or control, into one
How Fiber Optic AV Transmitters and or more serial digital streams of light pulses
Receivers Work for transmission along optical fiber. Common
Analog vs. Digital Transmission multiplexing techniques include time division
Current fiber optic extenders, such as the multiplexing TDM and wavelength division
Extron FOX Series, digitize analog video and multiplexing WDM.
audio signals prior to optical conversion. Digital
transmission avoids the effects fiber optic losses Time Division Multiplexing
and nonlinearity can have on analog signals. A transmitter can use TDM to combine multiple
Extrons all-digital technology ensures pixel-for- signals into a serial digital stream. Video, audio,
pixel performance for high resolution DisplayPort, and control signals are multiplexed and serialized
HDMI, DVI, 3G-SDI signals, USB, RGBHV, HD in the electrical domain. The serial digital stream is
component video, and standard definition converted to an optical signal using an electrical-
composite, component, and S-video. to-optical converter.
First generation fiber optic extenders from other The transmitter in Figure 2 accepts DVI video,
companies used a direct conversion of analog stereo audio, and RS-232 control signals.
video signals to analog fiber optic signals. The multiplexer combines the signals as a
Figure 1.
Basic Fiber Optic AV System
TouchLink Pro
Control System
Doc
Laptop PC DVD VCR Tuner 123
Cam
Display Volume
Tuner
On
Channel Presets
1 2 3
Off
4 5 6
Mute Mute
Room
7 8 9
Control Last
More
Screen 0 Enter Presets
Lighting Help December 15, 2013 - 7:58 AM

System Audio
Off Control
Extron
Extron SM 28
TCP/IP Speakers
Extron XPA 1002
POWER
COM 1
Tx Rx G RTS CTS
VOL
COM 2
Tx Rx G
RELAYS
1
DIGITAL I/O
2 3
eBUS
4 G
IR/S
IPCP PRO 250 Stereo Power Amplifier
12V
--A MAX V C G 1 2 C +V +S -S G
PWR OUT = 6W S G LAN

100-240V 1.3A, 50-60Hz
XPA 1002
Fiber Optic Fiber Optic RS-232 LEVEL INPUTS

CLASS 2 WIRING
REMOTE OUTPUT
1 2 1 2
Receiver
1 2 10V 50 mA
Transmitter LIMITER/ VOL/MUTE

1 2
PROTECT
SIGNAL
0 0
POWER MODE RGB OUTPUT STANDBY
12V AUDIO RS-232
ON
1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM
POWER RGB/YUV INPUT 1 2
12V AUDIO RS-232
FOXBOX Rx VGA Tx Rx 1 2
FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
RGB
Tx Rx CONFIG
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
RGB/
YUV
CONFIG
FOXBOX Rx VGA OPTICAL
FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV OPTICAL
Fiber Cable
www.extron.com 25
Transmitting a single Figure 2 .

TDM Fiber Optic Transmitter and Receiver
serial digital stream
also provides tightly
Serializer Deserializer
controlled timing DVI - Clock DVI - Clock
over long distances,

DVI - TMDS 2 DVI - TMDS 2
eliminating the need to
adjust for skew. E-to-O
Converter
O-to-E
Converter
RS-232 Send RS-232 Send
A-to-D D-to-A
AUDIO Converter Converter AUDIO
Transmitter Receiver
serial stream of digital pulses. An electrical-to- In a TDM system, each fiber carries one optical
optical EtoO converter changes the digital signal at a single wavelength. Therefore,
pulses to light pulses at a single wavelength for bidirectional communication typically requires two
transmission down a single fiber. fibers one for each direction.
Managing a single digital signal over a single Wavelength Division Multiplexing

fiber simplifies the design of an AV system. WDM is the combination of two or more optical
Switching and distribution systems only need signals at different wavelengths for transmission
to manage a single digital signal per input or within a single optical fiber. In AV systems, WDM
output. Therefore, fiber optic matrix switchers is used for sending video, audio, and control
tend to be very compact and generate very little signals over a single fiber, with each transmitted
heat. Transmitting a single serial digital stream at a different wavelength.
also provides tightly controlled timing over long
distances, eliminating the need to adjust for skew. The WDM transmitter shown in Figure 3 has five
inputs and one output. Each input has its own
The transmitters serializer and receivers E-to-O converter with a laser diode that operates
deserializer operate in the electrical domain so at a unique wavelength. A special device called
they produce heat. Since AV transmitters and a WDM multiplexer/demultiplexer combines the
receivers are often mounted in remote locations, different wavelengths for transmission down a
such as behind an LCD display, heat dissipation fiber optic cable.
is not usually a concern. However, rack mounted
TDM transmitters and receivers must have proper The WDM multiplexer/demultiplexer also
cooling. separates the optical signal used for the return
data, which operates at a wavelength different
TDM systems generate serial digital signals from all the inputs. The return data optical signal
operating at speeds in the 4 to 12 Gbps range. passes through an O-to-E converter to recover
Fortunately, fiber optic technology provides the original signal.
a very high bandwidth channel, enabling
transmission of multi-gigabit digital signals over The WDM receiver shown in Figure 3 has five
very long distances. outputs and one input. The WDM multiplexer/
Figure 3. WDM matrix switchers
WDM Fiber Optic Transmitter and Receiver
tend to consume more
power and generate
WDM WDM
Multiplexer/
De-Multiplexer
Multiplexer/
De-Multiplexer more heat.
DVI - Clock
E-to-O O-to-E
Converter Converter DVI - Clock
DVI - TMDS 2
E-to-O O-to-E
Converter Converter DVI - TMDS 2
DVI - TMDS 1 E-to-O O-to-E

DVI - TMDS 0
E-to-O O-to-E
RS-232 Send E-to-O O-to-E

Converter Converter RS-232 Send
RS-232 Return O-to-E E-to-O

RS-232 Return
Converter Converter
Multiple
Wavelengths
Over a Single Fiber
demultiplexer separates the optical signals and WDM system. For example, TDM can be used to
sends each to a different O-to-E converter. combine TMDS signals onto a single wavelength,
completely eliminating the effects of skew.
The advantage of this approach is that the Additional wavelengths are utilized for bidirectional
individual signals are converted directly to an control, Ethernet, and other signals.
optical signal without the need for a serializer
or deserializer. WDM transmitters and receivers How Fiber Optic AV Distribution
use less power and generate less heat than TDM Systems Work
transmitters and receivers. Electrical vs. Optical Distribution
Switching, splitting, and distributing fiber optic
However, WDM matrix switchers tend to consume AV signals can be performed completely in
more power and generate more heat. The need the optical domain or in the electrical domain.
for multiple conversions and additional switch Distribution systems operating in the purely
paths for each input and output of a WDM matrix optical domain are referred to as OOO systems
switcher increases the amount of circuitry, while
a fiber optic matrix switcher in a TDM system
Figure 4 .
requires less. WDM matrix switchers also tend to 1x8 Optical Splitter
be much larger and occupy more rack space.
Output 1
-14 dBm
-3 dB
One additional consideration when using WDM to Output 2
-14 dBm
transmit multi-lane signals such as DisplayPort, Output 3
-14 dBm
HDMI, or DVI, is skew caused by the various -3 dB -3 dB
Output 4
-14 dBm
wavelengths propagating at different speeds Input
-5 dBm -3 dB
Output 5
along the fiber. This is similar to skew created by -3 dB -3 dB
-14 dBm
Output 6
varying twist ratios in Category cable. In WDM -14 dBm
systems, skew can become the dominant effect Output 7

-14 dBm
-3 dB
limiting the maximum transmission distance to Output 8
-14 dBm
less than 500 meters. To compensate for skew, a
system may apply TDM to group skew-sensitive
9 dB
signals and treat the group as one signal in a Insertion Loss
www.extron.com 27
The main advantage of Figure 5.

OEO Matrix Switcher for TDM
OEO distribution over
an OOO system is the
preservation of the loss Input 1 O-to-E
Converter
E-to-O
Converter
Ouput 1
budget.
Input 2 O-to-E E-to-O Output 2
Converter Converter

Converter Switch Fabric Converter
NxN
Converter Converter
Input N O-to-E E-to-O

Converter Converter Output N
optical input, optical distribution, and optical The primary disadvantage of OOO distribution
output. Optical distribution systems operating systems is the reduction in optical power when
in the electrical domain are referred to as OEO distributing a signal to multiple outputs. Each time
systems optical input, electrical distribution, an optical signal is split, the output is reduced by
and optical output. at least 3 dB as shown in Figure 4.
In OOO systems, optical splitters and switches A common configuration in AV systems is to

are used to route fiber optic signals without cascade multiple distribution products or to
conversion to an electrical signal. OOO systems feed the output of a matrix switcher back into
operate on practically any optical signal at virtually the input. In an OOO distribution network, these
any data rate. However, since the signals remain configurations further compound optical losses.
in the optical domain, an OOO system does not
perform any signal processing, reclocking, or In an OEO system, an optical input signal is
regeneration. converted immediately to an electrical signal. All
switching and processing activities are performed
Figure 6.
in the electrical domain. An electrical signal is
OEO Matrix Switcher preserves the optical loss budget
converted back to an optical signal at the output.
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
Fiber Optic Transmitter
A diagram of an OEO matrix router is shown in
Figure 5.
POWER FOXBOX Tx HDMI Tx Rx
12V RS-232
LINK
LINK
HDMI AUDIO INPUT Tx Rx 1 2 OPTICAL
Full Optical
FOX Matrix 3200 Loss Budget
Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher The main advantage of OEO distribution over an
OOO system is the preservation of the loss budget.
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN
1-8
A B C D E F G H
ANAHEIM, CA
9 - 16
A B C D E F G H
The conversion to an electrical signal and back to

17 - 24
A B C D E F G H

25 - 32
an optical signal completely buffers the output

A B C D E F G H
100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX. PRIMARY POWER SUPPLY REDUNDANT POWER SUPPLY
RESET
RS-232/RS-422
REDUNDANT
CORDS BEFORE SERVICING
DISCONNECT BOTH POWER
REMOTE
TRI-LEVEL BI-LEVEL
signal, relative to the loss budget as shown in

LINK
PRIMARY
LAN
ACT
SWITCH
100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX.
REFERENCE
Full Optical
Loss Budget Figure6. The output power is typically at the same
level as the original transmitter, even for signals that
are multicast to more than a single output.
Tx Rx OUTPUTS
POWER
12V HDMI AUDIO
LINK
LINK
AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE

1.0 A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232
OPTICAL FOXBOX SR HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
FOXBOX SR HDMI
Fiber Optic Scaling Receiver

Figure 7. Extron FOX Series
TDM Fiber optic routing easily handles multiple formats
matrix switchers,
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
Transmitter FOX Matrix 7200 FOXBOX SR HDMI
Scaling Receiver
switchers, and
Multimode Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher Multimode
distribution amplifiers
50Hz DIGITAL HDMI LOOP THRU ADJUST
AUDIO
EDID MINDER
HDCP
HDMI
AUDIO
VIDEO
HDCP
CONFIG
AUDIO
CONFIG
1 2
60Hz ANALOG
FOXBOX Tx HDMI MENU ENTER
FOXBOX SR HDMI
Tx Rx
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN MM R
POWER FOXBOX Tx HDMI Tx Rx OUTPUTS
12V POWER
RS-232 HDMI AUDIO
LINK
LINK
12V AUDIO
1-8
LINK
LINK
1.0 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 REMOTE
HDMI INPUT AUDIO INPUT

Tx Rx 1 2
OPTICAL FAN ASSIMBLY A B C D E F G H OPTICAL FOXBOX SR HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
implement reclocking
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN SM R
9 - 16
A B C D E F G H
17 - 24
FOX Tx DVI Plus A B C D E F G H
Transmitter
FOXBOX Rx HDMI
25 - 32
of digital signals to
Multimode A B C D E F G H Receiver
Multimode
33 - 40
Tx Rx
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
DVI
CONFIG
AUDIO
HDCP
A B C D E F G H
HDMI
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL CONFIG
41 - 48
POWER
12V FOXBOX Rx HDMI
DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232
restore and reshape

POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS
FAN ASSIMBLY
A B C D E F G H 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
LINK
LINK
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232

OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
49 - 56
OFF
A B C D E F G H

57 - 64
FOX T USW 103 A B C D E F G H
FOXBOX Rx VGA
the digital signal,
Transmitter
65 - 72
Receiver
Multimode
A B C D E F G H
AUTO STATUS
REMOTE
LAN SWITCH REFERENCE Singlemode
1 2 3
SWITCH 1 2 3
CONFIG SIGNAL
POWER MODE RGB OUTPUT
12V
HDCP ON AUDIO RS-232
RS232/RS422 ACT LINK RESET BI-LEVEL TRI-LEVEL
MODE NORMAL AUTO FOX T USW 103
maintaining signal
1 2
Tx Rx DISCONNECT BOTH POWER FOXBOX Rx VGA Tx Rx 1 2

POWER INPUTS FOX T USW 103 REMOTE
1 2 3 CORDS BEFORE SERVICING
12V PRIMARY POWER SUPPLY REDUNDANT POWER SUPPLY
LINK
LINK
RS-232
0.7 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM CONTACT RS-232
Tx Rx
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
RGB
RGB/R-Y, Y, B-Y HDMI HDMI AUDIO Tx Rx G 1 2 1 2 3 G Tx Rx G CONFIG
OPTICAL
REDUNDANT
100-240V
50/60Hz FOXBOX Rx VGA OPTICAL
1.2A MAX.
PRIMARY
100-240V
integrity throughout the

50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
ANAHEIM, CA
FOXBOX DVI Plus

FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV Receiver
Transmitter Singlemode
Singlemode
system.
POWER
12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232
Tx Rx 1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM
ON
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
RGB/
YUV
1 2
CONFIG
Singlemode Multimode
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV OPTICAL

Tx Rx
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
DVI
POWER RGB/YUV INPUT
12V CONFIG
AUDIO RS-232
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL
FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV Tx Rx 1 2
FOX 3G HD-SDI FOX 3G HD-SDI

Transceiver Transceiver
Multimode Singlemode
RATE RATE
270 1.485 2.97 270 1.485 2.97
Mbps Gbps Gbps UNKNOWN Mbps Gbps Gbps UNKNOWN

POWER OPTICAL POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN
Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
The disadvantage to an OEO system is that defined by the endpoints the transmitter and
multiple conversions between the optical and receiver. This also enables the upgrading of
electrical domains, without regenerating or sources and displays with minimal impact on the
reclocking, may contribute jitter. Typically, it switching and routing system.
takes two to three OEO conversions before jitter
becomes a problem. Extron FOX Series matrix High speed digital routers in TDM systems
switchers, switchers, and distribution amplifiers operate efficiently and typically use less power
implement reclocking of digital signals to restore than a WDM router. The efficient design also
and reshape the digital signal, maintaining signal enables the router to occupy less rack space. For
integrity throughout the system. example, an Extron FOX Matrix 14400 144x144
fiber optic matrix switcher occupies eight rack
Since multicasting, switching, and routing are units, compared to 16 rack units for an alternative
common requirements for larger AV systems, design that uses WDM signaling as shown in
most fiber optic AV systems use OEO distribution Figure8.
and routing to avoid the optical losses in an OOO
Figure 8.
distribution system.
Relative size of Matrix Switchers
Switching and Routing Fiber Optic TDM Rack

Height
AV Signals
The single wavelength/single fiber switching
16U
system used in a TDM application requires a 15U
single O-to-E conversion for each input and a
single E-to-O conversion on each output as Third-party Third-party
WDM WDM
shown in Figure 5. This simplifies the design of 8U Matrix Matrix
Switcher Switcher
FOX 144x144
a fiber optic AV routing and distribution system. Matrix 80x80
14400
Since each signal is a digital bit stream, switching 144x144
can be independent of the underlying video System (A) System (B) System (C)
TDM WDM w/ WDM w/
format as shown in Figure 7. AV signals are Design Bidirectional Unidirectional
Signal Signal
www.extron.com 29
Bidirectional signals, Figure 9.

WDM Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher
such as USB, RS-232,
or Ethernet, are used
in a wide variety of AV Input 1 O-to-E E-to-O Output 1
WDM O-to-E E-to-O WDM
applications. MUX O-to-E E-to-O MUX
O-to-E E-to-O
MUX O-to-E Switch Fabric E-to-O MUX
4N x 4N
O-to-E E-to-O
Input N O-to-E E-to-O Output N

MUX O-to-E E-to-O MUX
O-to-E E-to-O
Switching and Routing Fiber Optic WDM WDM systems are ideal in moderately sized
AV Signals applications that require both local and fiber
In a WDM system, the optical fiber is carrying optic inputs and outputs within the matrix router.
multiple signals, each at a different wavelength. However, TDM is favored in larger systems with
In order to create an OEO matrix switcher, a large number and variety of input and outputs.
each matrix input and output resembles a fiber For example, the Extron XTPSeries provides
optic receiver and transmitter, requiring multiple up to a 64x64 modular digital matrix switcher
converters along with a WDM multiplexer / that provides high performance switching of
demultiplexer as shown in Figure9. So the actual video, audio, bidirectional control, and Ethernet.
switch fabric is a matrix switcher for the native Fiber optic input and output boards use WDM
format of the AV signal. As a result, the switching to enable bidirectional communications over
system must handle a larger number of signals a single fiber. XTP input and output boards are
in the electrical domain than does a TDM router. also available to support local video and audio
However, the availability of the native AV signal connections, as well as signal extension over
enables local inputs and outputs. CATx cable. The XTPSeries can extend signals
over OM4 multimode fiber up to 700 meters
Figure 10.
Bidirectional Signals in a TDM Matrix Switcher (2,297 feet) or over singlemode fiber up to 10
km (6.21 miles). Alternatively, Extron FOXSeries
fiber optic matrix switchers use TDM. They are
O-to-E O-to-E
Port 1 Port 2 available in sizes from 8x8 up to 1000x1000 and
E-to-O E-to-O
larger, and support a wide variety of digital and
analog video formats, as well as audio, control,
Port 4
O-to-E O-to-E
Port 5
and USB signals. Mutlimode and singlemode
E-to-O Switch Fabric E-to-O
NxN fiber optic boards are available, as well as boards
Input 6 O-to-E E-to-O Output 6 for local 3G-SDI connections. The FOX Series
can extend signals up to 2 km (1.25 miles) over
OM4 multimode fiber or up to 30 km (18.75
Input N O-to-E E-to-O Output N miles) over singlemode fiber.

Figure 11 . In a TDM system,
WDM Matrix Switcher with Bidirectional Signals
bidirectional pairs
O-to-E E-to-O
Output 1
and single-fiber
Input 1 O-to-E E-to-O
WDM
MUX
O-to-E E-to-O WDM
MUX
unidirectional signals
O-to-E E-to-O
O-to-E E-to-O are switched with the
E-to-O O-to-E
O-to-E E-to-O same matrix switcher.


MUX O-to-E Switch Fabric E-to-O MUX
6N x 6N
O-to-E E-to-O
E-to-O O-to-E
O-to-E E-to-O
Input N O-to-E E-to-O Output N
MUX O-to-E E-to-O MUX
O-to-E E-to-O
E-to-O O-to-E
Switching and Routing Bidirectional Signals and bidirectional control signals on a single
Bidirectional signals, such as USB, RS-232, fiber is shown in Figure 11. Although only a
or Ethernet, are used in a wide variety of AV single fiber is used to carry the optical signal,
applications. For example, the system shown additional converters are required to handle
in Figure12 enables an operator to control two the bidirectional data. Input and output port
computers with a single keyboard and mouse. designations are typically fixed in a WDM
The keyboard and mouse connect through the matrix switcher.
matrix to the selected host computers USB port.
Special care must be taken to ensure bidirectional Passive Optical Networks
communication is handled properly. A passive optical network PON is a fiber optic
network architecture that uses non-powered
In a TDM system, which uses a single optical components to distribute signals to
wavelength over a single fiber, two fibers are multiple destinations as shown in Figure 13. The
needed for applications that require bidirectional
Figure 12.
communication. In this configuration, each
KVM Application with TDM Matrix Switcher
bidirectional duplex port operates as either an
input or output port, as shown in Figure 10.
Extron Extron
The duplex signals are switched together. In FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus
Tx Rx
FOXBOX SR HDMI
POWER
12V
Tx Rx
HDMI AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
RS-232 REMOTE
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER

DVI
a TDM system, bidirectional pairs and single-

CONFIG

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL
POWER
12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232
fiber unidirectional signals are switched with the

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
PC
same matrix switcher. The ability to group inputs Extron

FOX T USB Extender Plus
and outputs to form bidirectional ports provides POWER
12V
1.0A MAX
Tx Rx
INPUT

HOST OPTICAL
1-8
flexibility, enabling simplex and duplex signals to

A B C D E F G H
ANAHEIM, CA
9 - 16
Extron OUT
A
IN OUT
B
IN OUT
C
IN OUT
D
IN OUT
E
IN OUT
F
IN OUT
G
IN OUT
H
IN
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus

17 - 24
POWER Tx Rx
1 3
12V
OUTPUTS
1.0A MAX
be routed within the same chassis for efficient use

A B C D E F G H
2 4
25 - 32
Tx Rx OPTICAL
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
A B C D E F G H
DVI
Extron
CONFIG
RESET
RS-232/RS-422
REDUNDANT
REMOTE
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus
FOX R USB Extender Plus

OPTICAL
of switching resources.
TRI-LEVEL BI-LEVEL
POWER
LINK
PRIMARY
LAN
ACT
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 SWITCH

100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX.
REFERENCE
PC
Extron
FOX Matrix 3200
Extron
Bidirectional signaling in a WDM system FOX T USB Extender Plus
affects the core architecture of the matrix

POWER Tx Rx
12V
1.0A MAX
INPUT
HOST OPTICAL
switcher. A WDM system that can carry video

www.extron.com 31
A passive optical Figure 13.

PON Architecture
network PON is
a fiber optic network
architecture that Terminal or Node
uses non-powered Terminal or Node

Optical Access
optical components Network Terminal or Node
to distribute signals to Head Terminal or Node
multiple destinations. Optical Distribution

Network
Terminal or Node
head of the network represents the data center Typical PON Implementation
or service provider. The optical access network is A typical PON implementation is shown in
a collection of optical distribution networks, each Figure 14. At the network head, the optical line
of which connects a single fiber from the head to terminal OLT provides a connection from the
one or more terminals or nodes. service providers core network to the optical
distribution network. Downstream, signals are
An optical distribution network contains only sent from the OLT to one or more destinations
passive, non-powered optical components, through an optical splitter.
eliminating the need to remotely power devices.
PON designs are the preferred architecture At the terminal end, an optical network unit (ONU)
for fiber-to-the-premises FTTx networks, receives and processes the downstream signal
delivering voice, data, and video services from before sending the information to the terminal
CATV companies and other providers to homes equipment. Using the same fiber cable, the
and businesses. ONU transmits responses and requests from
Figure 14.
Typical PON Implementation
Head Optical Access Network Terminal or Node
Optical Network Terminal

Units Equipment
Optical
Line ONU TE
Terminal Optical Distribution Optical
Network Splitter
Core
Network OLT ONU TE
Upstream Downstream
ONU TE
Only passive optical

Powered components exist in the Powered
Equipment optical access network Equipment

Figure 15. GPON is currently
WDM PON Implementation
the most commonly
installed type for FTTx
Head Optical Access Network Terminal or Node
Optical Network Terminal applications.

Units Equipment
Optical CWDM/
Line DWDM ONU TE
Terminal Optical Distribution DEMUX
Network
Core
Network OLT ONU TE
Upstream Downstream
ONU TE
Only passive optical

Powered components exist in the Powered
Equipment optical access network Equipment
the terminal upstream to the service provider. WDM PON Implementation

WDM is used to enable bidirectional traffic along The typical PON implementation uses WDM for
a single fiber. bidirectional signaling, but with each direction at
a unique wavelength. WDM PON uses CWDM
In this implementation, all terminal points receive or DWDM to carry multiple wavelengths in either
the same signal. Therefore, addressing and direction as shown in Figure 15.
encryption are used to ensure that an ONU
only receives and processes the appropriate WDM PON uses a single fiber to carry multiple
information. The OLT typically transmits fiber optic signals, each at a different wavelength.
downstream data at 1490 nm while each ONU A CWDM/DWDM multiplexer ensures an ONU
transmits upstream data at 1310 nm. To avoid only receives its designated downstream signal.
data collisions, only one ONU can transmit Each ONU transmits upstream data at a unique
upstream at a time. Some implementations wavelength. The CWDM/DWDM multiplexer
include a second downstream channel operating combines multiple wavelengths for upstream
in the 1530 to 1560 nm band. transmission to the OLT.
Table 1. PON Standards
Standard PON Type Description Comments
IEEE 802.3 EPON / GEPON 1 Gb/s Ethernet PON Standard Gigabit Ethernet GBE frames with symmetric 1
Gbps upstream and downstream rates
IEEE 802.3 10G-EPON 10 Gbps Ethernet PON Simultaneous GBE and 10 Gigabit Ethernet 10GBE down-
stream on two wavelengths, with simultaneous GBE and
10GBE upstream on a shared 1310 nm channel
ITU-T G.983 APON ATM PON First PON standard based on asynchronous transfer mode
ATM
ITU-T G.983 BPON Broadband PON An improved version of the APON standard with higher
performance
ITU-T G.984 GPON Gigabit PON An evolution of the BPON standard to enable a downstream
rate of 2.488 Gbps and an upstream rate of 1.244Gbps
ITU-T G.987 XG-PON 10 Gbps PON Extends GPON performance to 10 Gbps downstream and
2.5 Gbps upstream
ITU-T G.989 NG-PON2 40 Gbps PON Extends PON performance to 40Gbps downstream and
10Gbps upstream
www.extron.com 33
Fiber termination Figure 16.

smaller size of fiber optic cables translate into
Comparison of RG-6, Twisted Pair, and
systems have been Fiber Cables an easier installation and smaller conduit, which
means a lower cost of installation. Fiber takes
developed that require 0.792 in 0.25 in 0.16 in
up very little space in cable trays and is easy
very little training, and to pull through conduit. As shown in Figure 16,
produce high quality fiber optic cable is a fraction of the size of Extron
fiber connections in Extron RG6-5 Unshielded Extron OM4 MM P
RG6-5 Super High Resolution Cable and is even
Five Conductor Twisted Pair Bend-Insensitive
smaller than unshielded twisted pair cable. Each
less time than it takes
RG6 Super High Cable Laser Optimized
Resolution Cable Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Cable
can carry a high resolution video signal. Of the
to terminate a coaxial three cable types, the fiber optic cable is the
cable. WDM PON implementations use a variety of smallest in size and weight. The small size of fiber
CWDM/DWDM wavelengths with no commonly optic cable has led to its popularity in medical
agreed upon standards. Some implementations applications where there is insufficient space for
use multiple wavelengths in the downstream coaxial cable.
direction with a single, common wavelength
for upstream traffic. Other implementations Many of the same concerns for installing coaxial
use an optical splitter after the CWDM/DWDM cable apply to fiber optic cable. As with coaxial
multiplexer to provide service to more nodes over cables, fiber optic cables have a minimum
the same optical distribution network. bend radius that should not be exceeded. For
example, the coaxial cable depicted in Figure 16
Standard PON Types has a minimum bend radius of nine inches, and
The Institute of Electrical and Electronics the fiber cable has a two-inch minimum bend
Engineers IEEE and the International radius. As a general rule, no fiber cable should
Telecommunication Union (ITU) have adopted bend beyond 20 times the diameter of the cable.
standard PON types shown in Table 1. Each Newer fibers are also available that feature tighter
standard defines a unique protocol, data rates bend radii. Bending beyond the recommended
and wavelengths. Each of the standard PON bend radius is referred to as a macrobend, and
types identifies a network topology similar to may introduce additional losses into the cable.
that of Figure 14. GPON is currently the most If the bend is sharp enough, light escapes into
commonly installed type for FTTx applications. the cladding as shown in Figure 17, resulting in a
loss of signal.
Installing and Terminating
Fiber Optic Cables As with coaxial cable, care must also be taken
Installing Fiber Optic Cable with fiber optic cable to avoid kinks, twists, and
One of the most integral parts of an AV system over-tightened cable clamps or ties. In coaxial
is the cabling infrastructure that carries the video, cable, these stresses can damage the shielding
audio, and control signals. The lighter weight and or dielectric foam that gives the cable its electrical
properties. In fiber optic cables, these stresses
Figure 17. Figure 18. can cause microscopic imperfections called
Macrobend Microbend
microbends as shown in Figure 18. Microbends
introduce additional attenuation into the fiber.
However, proper cable management reduces the
likelihood of this type of loss.
Fiber Termination
There is a common misconception that
terminating optical fiber is time consuming and
requires highly specialized skills. Today, fiber Figure 19. The Extron Fiber
Extron Fiber Optic Termination Kit
termination systems have been developed that Optic Termination
require very little training, and produce high
Kit enables quick,
quality fiber connections in less time than it takes
to terminate a coaxial cable. Three common
reliable termination
termination methods are available to installers: of Extron multimode
and singlemode fiber
Pre-polished connector systems
optic cables with
Epoxy and polish fiber termination
Splice-on pigtail connectors high-performance,
Stripping and Cleaning the Fiber pre-polished
Pre-Polished Connector Systems The cable is marked according to a template connectors.
Fiber optic termination kits for modern pre- to ensure that the proper amount of covering
polished connector systems enable installers, material is removed. Stripping a fiber optic cable
who have never worked with optical fiber, to is performed in three steps to remove the outer
become proficient at terminating fiber optic jacket, the buffer coating, and the acrylate coating
cables in a short amount of time. These newer to expose the bare fiber. A lint-free wipe with
fiber termination systems are ideal for AV fiber cleaning fluid or isopropyl alcohol is used to
installers who need to add connectors quickly remove dirt, debris, and oil from the bare fiber.
when installing AV fiber optic equipment. Insertion
losses for modern fiber termination systems are Cleaving the Fiber
approximately 0.2 dB, or a maximum of 0.5 dB The process of cleaving the fiber is the most
for systems using a precision cleaver. important step in achieving a low-loss, high
quality termination. A precision fiber optic cleaver
The Extron Fiber Optic Termination Kit shown as shown in Figure 20 consistently produces a
in Figure 19 enables quick, reliable termination clean, flat fiber end. An installer easily can achieve
of Extron multimode and singlemode fiber optic a low insertion loss of 0.2 dB to 0.5 dB using
cables with high-performance, pre-polished a precision cleaver. A precision cleaver is highly
connectors. Each kit includes all of the tools and recommended for singlemode or laser-optimized
equipment needed to strip, prepare, cleave, and multimode fiber termination.
terminate a fiber optic cable using Extron Quick
LC Fiber Optic Connectors. The kit includes a The Extron Fiber Optic Termination Kit includes
VFL - Visual Fault Locator to assist with proper a precision cleaver that scribes and cleaves
termination of fiber optic cables. the fiber in a single step. A scrap collection bin

Precision Cleaver for Low Staple Cleaver Produces Lower Quality
Loss Terminations Terminations
www.extron.com 35
The Extron Fiber Figure 22. of only 1,000 operations before needing to be
Extron Quick LC Connector
Optic Termination replaced. A staple cleaver is not recommended
for singlemode fiber or laser optimized multimode
Kit includes a VFL to
fiber used in high speed networks, such as an AV
provide an indication of network.
a good termination.
Terminating the Fiber
Field termination systems provide a variety of
methods to complete fiber termination. Field
systems use connectors that are pre-polished,
attached to the cleaver receives the glass shard with a small fiber stub and index-matching gel
for easy cleanup. The 16-position precision blade inside the connector. The connection between
is rated at 48,000 operations and is replaceable. the bare fiber and the fiber stub is similar to
making a mechanical splice in a fiber optic cable.
Inexpensive termination kits typically include Some kits require special tools, while others
a staple cleaver or pocket cleaver as shown in provide switches, clips, or crimps to terminate
Figure 21. Staple cleavers are generally used in fiber in the field.
the process of terminating multimode fibers for
low-speed data networks. The cleaver blade Using the Extron fiber termination system, the
scores the fiber. The operator holds the fiber in fiber end is inserted into the connector body of
place while bending the flexible tail to snap off the Quick LC Connector shown in Figure 22. The
the fiber end. Care must be taken to ensure glass wedge clip is disengaged and a V clamp inside of
shards are collected and disposed of properly. A the connector aligns and holds the fiber. A strain
fiber scope should be used to check the cleaved relief boot ensures that the aramid yarn absorbs
fiber before completing the termination. Skilled any stresses to protect the fiber termination point.
technicians can achieve terminations that exhibit
an insertion loss of 0.5 dB to 0.75 dB. A VFL as shown in Figure 23 is recommended
when terminating a fiber optic cable. The Extron
However, a staple cleaver can produce Fiber Optic Termination Kit includes a VFL to
inconsistent results and requires more frequent provide an indication of a good termination.
servicing than a precision cleaver. The quality is Extron Quick LC connectors provide an indicator
dependent upon the skill of the operator and the window on the wedge clip to indicate a good
condition of the blade. Each blade is capable connection as shown in Figure 24.
Figure 24.
Figure 23. Wedge Clip Indicator Ensures a Good
Visual Fault Locator Termination
VFL 101
HOLD
1 sec
2 11
Light in position 1 before the fiber is inserted

VFL 101
HOLD
1 sec
2 11
Light dims when the inserted fiber completes the connection

Many installers choose a pre-polished connector Splice-On Pigtail Connectors Fiber Optic Connector Types
system for all of their fiber optic terminations. Splice-on connectors are an alternative to either
Others prefer the epoxy and polish method or the pre-polished connector systems or the
splice-on pigtail connectors for structured cable epoxy method of termination. A factory-polished
installations to minimize fiber losses in the fiber connector with a fiber pigtail is spliced onto the
plant. These different methods are explained in existing fiber using a fusion splicer. A splice tray
the following sections. and enclosure are used to protect the spliced
ST SC
fibers. Since a fusion splice adds less than
Epoxy and Polish Fiber Termination 0.1dB of loss, very high quality terminations are
When installing a complete, structured wiring created. The main drawback of this method is
system, many fiber installers prefer the epoxy the cost of the connectors and the fusion splicing
and polish method of fiber termination. This equipment. Also, specialized skills are needed to
process is more involved and requires bonding operate fiber splicing equipment. A comparison
of the connector to the end of the fiber using an of the common termination methods is shown
epoxy or anaerobic process. Once cured, the in Table 2.
FC LC
connector end is polished to a fine, flat surface.
Using this method can produce very high quality Fiber Optic Connectors and Adapters
terminations with low insertion loss of less than Considering that the signal-carrying core of a
0.2 dB. However, the quality of termination is singlemode fiber is a mere 9 m in diameter,
dependent upon the skills of the installer. about half the diameter of a human hair, it is
difficult to comprehend the low margin for error
One drawback to the epoxy or anaerobic method allowed when connecting two fiber optic cables. MTP / MPO
of termination is the length of time required to Fortunately, there are connectors that can
terminate a single fiber. The additional steps precisely align two optical fibers with minimal
of curing and polishing can increase the time losses. These include:
required to install an AV system. When doing a
large number of terminations, as in a large fiber ST, or Straight Tip Similar to a BNC with
a twist-lock design. The ST connector has a
plant, additional connectors are prepared as
2.5 mm ferrule.
other connectors cure, reducing the time per
SC, or Subscriber Connector A push/pull-
termination. Connectors and supplies are also
type connector with a 2.5 mm ferrule.
less costly than the pre-polished termination
FC, or Ferrule Connector A screw-on
systems. connector with a 2.5 mm ferrule.
Table 2. Comparison of Fiber Termination Methods
Pre-Polished Pre-Polished
Connector Connector Epoxy and Polish Splice-on
System with System with Connectors Connectors
Staple Cleaver Precision Cleaver
Skill Level Low Low High High
Connector Costs High High Low High
Equipment Costs Medium Medium Medium Low
Termination Time < 3 minutes < 3 minutes > 5 minutes < 3 minutes
Per Connector
Connector Insertion 0.5 to 0.75 dB 0.2 to 0.5 dB 0.2 dB 0.2 dB

Loss
Application Multimode Fiber All Fiber Types All Fiber Types All Fiber Types
Only
www.extron.com 37
Fiber Optic Adapters LC, or Lucent Connector A push/pull- Color Codes for Cables and Connectors
type connector with a 1.25 mm ferrule, To avoid operator error and reduce the
which is quickly becoming a standard as the
chance of mismatch, color codes are
smaller form factor works well in networking
environments. often used to indicate the type of fiber
and the type of connector. Common
ST and SC connectors were very popular in color codes used for indoor fiber optic
LC - SC LC-LC
data centers, but are being replaced by the LC cables and pre-polished connectors are
connector. The smaller size of the LC enables provided below.
more connections in a smaller space, which
results in a smaller footprint for patch panels Jacket Color Fiber Type
and switch bays. Low insertion loss enables Orange OM1 or OM2 Multimode
Yellow OS1 or OS2 Singlemode
long transmission distances and provides a high
Aqua OM3 or OM4 Laser
quality connection. Also, multi-fiber connectors Optimized Multimode
are becoming popular, such as the Multi-fiber Red OS1 or OS2 Singlemode
ST - ST ST - FC Push-On MPO connector to terminate up Blue Polarization Maintaining
Singlemode Fiber
to a 12-fiber ribbon cable. The MPO is also the
standard connector for ultra high speed 40 Gbps
and 100 Gbps data networks. Connector Connector and Polish
Color Fiber Type Type
Occasionally, an AV installer may encounter a Beige or OM1 62.5 m PC or

Grey Multimode UPC
fiber plant with pre-terminated fibers. End users
Black OM2 50 m PC or
with previously installed structured cabling may Multimode UPC
have standardized on an older connector style. Aqua OM3/OM4 10 Gbps PC or
For optimum performance, removing the old 50 m Multimode UPC
connector and terminating the fiber with the Blue OS1 or OS2 PC or
Singlemode with UPC
connector that matches the AV equipment is
PC or UPC polish
recommended.
Green OS1 or OS2 APC
Singlemode with
Alternatively, fiber optic adapters are available APC polish
that allow different connector types to be

utilized together within a system. For example,
LC-ST adapters enable integration of Extron operating below 1 Gbps. Singlemode connectors
fiber optic products into existing systems that provide connectivity for both OS1 and OS2 fibers.
utilize ST interconnects. Fiber optic adapters
and connectors increase the amount of insertion Selecting the right connector requires matching
loss, and should only be used if the loss budget the connector style, fiber type, and performance
is maintained. level to ensure an installed fiber optic plant meets
system specifications. Fiber core mismatches
Selecting the Right Connector may cause additional losses and reflections.
Pre-polished connectors provide a convenient Terminating a high-performance OM4 or OM3
method of field termination without the use fiber with a lower performance connector may
of messy epoxies. The highest performance have a severe impact on the link performance.
multimode connectors, such as the Extron
QLC MM, are rated for 10Gbps data networks Fiber Splicing
using OM4 or OM3 laser optimized fiber. Lower Fiber splicing creates a permanent connection
performance connectors are also available to between two optical fibers. Splicing is an
support legacy OM1 and OM2 multimode fiber important step during installation of structured
Figure 25. insertion loss of typically 0.25dB. The cost of The accuracy and
Extron Fiber Optic Test Set
each mechanical splice is about $10 to $12. repeatability of loss
measurements are
Mechanical splicing is recommended for cabling
repairs, or when there is only an occasional need highly dependent on
to permanently join two fibers. the launch condition of
the light entering the
Fiber Optic Loss Measurements
fiber link under test.
Overview
Cable testing is performed per applicable
standards, such as TIA/EIA526-14 for multimode
cabling, especially when transitioning from fiber and TIA/EIA526-7 for singlemode fiber. Fiber
outdoor cables to indoor cables. Splicing in a optic cable loss is measured in decibels dB
horizontal or point-to-point installation for an AV using a fiber optic test set as shown in Figure25
system is less common, but may occasionally or an optical time domain reflectometer OTDR
be required to repair a fiber, create a low-loss as shown in Figure33 per the current standards.
permanent connection, or change an existing Earlier versions of international standards required
permanent connection. The two common an optical loss test set and prohibited the use of
methods include fusion splicing and mechanical an OTDR for loss certification testing of an indoor
splicing as shown in Figure26. fiber plant. Multimode fiber is tested at 850nm
and 1300nm, and singlemode fiber at 1310 m
Fusion Splicing and 1550 nm, or as required by customer
Fusion splicing requires special equipment specifications or other standards. Connector
that provides an electric arc to melt the fiber ends should always be inspected for dirt or
ends together. The fusion splicer performs damage and cleaned, if necessary, before making
both mechanical and optical core alignment a connection.
to produce an extremely low-loss connection,
usually less than 0.1 dB. The equipment is The fiber optic test set includes a light source,
automated and can quickly make multiple fiber power meter, reference cables, and a mode
connections at a very low cost per splice. Fusion conditioning device, if required. The general test
splicing is the preferred method when installing procedure is to place a known light source at
a complete fiber plant where a large number of one end of a fiber link then use a power meter to
splices are required. AV installers who are only
concerned with horizontal and point-to-point Figure 26.
Fiber Optic Splicers
cabling often choose to avoid the high cost of
the equipment, typically $5,000 to $6,000, and
opt for mechanical splicing.
Fusion Splicer Mechanical Splicer
Mechanical Splicing
Mechanical splicing is similar to the pre-polished
connector systems for fiber termination, and
requires a much lower investment of $400 to $600
for a fiber splice tool kit. A mechanical splicer uses
a small enclosure filled with index matching gel
that holds two fibers in alignment as shown in
Figure26. Joining two fibers is quick and easy,
and produces a high quality connection with an
www.extron.com 39
Fiber optic power measure received power or loss at the opposite for the type of multimode fiber in the reference
meters, such as the end. The optical link must include only passive cable and is used with an LED light source.
optical components, such as connectors, fiber Bending of the fiber around the mandrel causes
Extron FPM101,
optic cable, attenuators, or optical splitters. these loosely coupled modes to attenuate via a
provide reading loss macrobend loss as shown in Figure27, improving
indB. Alternatively, an OTDR performs as both the light the accuracy of loss measurements. Mandrel
source and measurement device from one end wrapping produces sufficiently accurate and
of the cable. It sends an optical pulse down a repeatable results for networks with loss budgets
fiber cable, relying on light scattering in the cable that are greater than a few decibels.
to create reflections. As the pulse travels down
the fiber, scattering continuously causes light to For high speed networks running above 10Gbps,
reflect back up the cable. The OTDR measures lower loss budgets require a more accurate and
the reflected light, and displays the results in an repeatable method for measuring loss. In the
OTDR trace as shown in Figure34. The trace most recent standards, the encircled flux launch
represents a map of the fiber cable, including loss condition replaces the use of an LED light source
in fiber segments, connectors, splices, bends, and a mandrel wrap for mode conditioning.
and other losses. Encircled flux refers to the launch spot size of the
light source and the distribution of light power in
Launch Reference Cable and Mode the fiber core. The mode controller producing the
Conditioning encircled flux launch condition may be built into
The accuracy and repeatability of loss the light source or may be an external device with
measurements are highly dependent on the an attached launch cable. With the proper mode
launch condition of the light entering the fiber link conditioning, the light source can be either an
under test. In order to create a common launch LED or laser. Encircled flux mode conditioning for
condition for loss measurements, international multimode fiber applies to testing with either an
standards specify the use of a launch reference optical loss test set or an OTDR.
cable with the appropriate mode conditioning, if
required, applied to the cable. Mode conditioning System designs that include the appropriate
may rely upon bend loss to create a standard safety margin in the loss budget can use either
launch condition. Therefore, bend-insensitive fiber the mandrel or encircled flux method for mode
is typically not used in reference cables. conditioning when used with a light source and
power meter. If testing to a particular standard
Multimode launch cables may include a mandrel or customer requirement, choose the specified
wrap to remove loosely coupled modes. The method. If using the latest standards or using
mandrel wrap must be of the appropriate size an OTDR per the latest standards for certifying
a multimode fiber plant, a mode controller that
Figure 27.
Mode Conditioning Removes Loosely Coupled Modes produces the encircled flux launch condition
should be used.
Overfill Launch Higher Order Modes
Condition Stripped Off
Singlemode fiber launch cables used with
an optical loss test set also require mode
Overfill Launch conditioning. Singlemode fiber may include
Condition
Mandrel loosely coupled modes that die out after a few
meters of fiber. However, they can propagate
through short lengths of fiber, such as those used
Bending Loss Affects for launch reference cables, and cause an error in
Loosely Coupled Modes
loss measurements. A three to four-inch loop is
Figure 28. Figure 29. The one-cable method
One-Cable Method Two-Cable Method
is the preferred
Launch
Reference
Cable Mode
Launch
Reference
Cable Mode Receive
method for setting
Conditioning Conditioning Reference
the reference and is
Mandrel Mandrel
(for Multimode) (for Multimode) Cable
b c
Coupling
required by
a
9V
b a d TIA/EIA-568-C.0.
9V
850nm 1300nm 1310nm 1550nm
850nm 1300nm 1310nm 1550nm
FLS 101 WAVE ID

FIBER LIGHT SOURCE FLS 101 WAVE ID
FIBER LIGHT SOURCE
Set
dB Set
850nm 1310nm Ref
dBm
1300nm 1550nm dB
850nm 1310nm Ref
dBm
MM SM 1300nm 1550nm
Extron FPM 101 MM SM
FIBER POWER METER
Tone FPM 101
FIBER POWER METER
Fiber Optic
Tone
POWER
Fiber Optic
POWER POWER
Light Source Power Meter

POWER

0 dB Reference = Light Source Power - Mandrel Loss
0 dB Reference = Light Source Power - Mandrel Loss - Ref Error
Ref Error = L bc
placed in the launch cable to ensure these modes the reference one-cable method, two-cable
are removed, eliminating the potential error. method, and three-cable method. Each method
Singlemode launch cables used for OTDR testing requires a different number of reference cables
are much longer so the loosely coupled modes and produces different measurement results, so
die out quickly. Therefore, testing singlemode it is important to document the selected method.
fiber with an OTDR does not require any mode The appropriate method is based upon the
conditioning. compatibility between the link connectors and
test set connectors.
Using an Optical Loss Test Set
Loss testing is performed after setting the 0 dB One-Cable Method
reference point using the appropriate method. The one-cable method is the preferred method
Fiber optic power meters, such as the Extron for setting the reference and is required by TIA/
FPM 101, provide reading loss in dB. Otherwise, EIA-568-C.0. Most loss budget specifications
the reference power value must be recorded in and calculations assume that the one-cable
dBm, and the loss must be calculated by taking method is used to set the reference.
the difference between the measured power and
the reference power. The launch reference cable is connected directly
between the light source and the power meter
Two methods are available for testing insertion as shown in Figure 28. The zero reference is set
loss in fiber optic cables with an optical loss test per the power meter manufacturers instructions.
set. The method for testing an installed cable The loss in the actual fiber for the reference
plant is specified in TIA526-14 for multimode cable should be negligible, given its relatively
fiber and TIA 526-7 for singlemode fiber. The short length.
difference between the two methods is the
choice of wavelengths. TIA FOTP-171 specifies The one-cable method requires the same
the method for testing patch cords. connector to be used on the reference cable,
power meter, and link under test. If the connectors
TIA 526-14 and TIA 526-7 Installed Cable on the test equipment are not the same as the
Plant Test fiber link under test, either the two-cable or three-
Setting the Reference cable method is required.
Since loss in the fiber optic link is a relative
measurement, the 0dB reference must be set Two-Cable Method
prior to taking any measurements. TIA526-14 The two-cable method is used when the
specifies three acceptable methods for setting connector used in the fiber plant is different from
www.extron.com 41
The TIA 526-14 and Figure 30. Three-Cable Method

Three-Cable Method
TIA 526-7 installed The three-cable method is used when the
connectors on the launch and receive cables
cable plant loss test Launch
Reference
Cable Mode
Conditioning
Receive
Reference cannot be coupled together. This occurs when
requires both launch
Mandrel
(for Multimode) Cable
b c d e
different connectors are used on the ends of the
and receive reference Coupling Golden Coupling fiber link under test. A golden reference cable
Reference Cable
cables. a f is used to provide the connection between

850nm 1300nm
9V
1310nm 1550nm
the launch and receive cables as shown in

FLS 101 WAVE ID
Figure 30.
FIBER LIGHT SOURCE
Set
dB
850nm 1310nm Ref
dBm
1300nm 1550nm
MM SM
FPM 101
FIBER POWER METER
Tone
Fiber Optic
POWER
POWER
0 dB Reference = Light Source Power - Mandrel Loss + Ref Error The three-cable method adds the loss of two
Ref Error = L bc + L de
connection points when setting the reference.
that on the power meter, such that a launch The three-cable method produces loss
reference cable cannot be plugged directly measurements less than either the one-cable or
into the power meter. A launch reference cable two-cable method.
is attached to the light source, and a receive
reference cable is attached to the power meter. Installed Cable Plant Loss Test
A fiber optic coupling is used to join the two fibers Regardless of the method used to set the
together as shown in Figure 29. reference, the TIA526-14 and TIA526-7 installed
cable plant loss test requires both launch and
The two-cable method includes the additional receive reference cables as shown in Figure31.
loss of a connection point between the reference The double-ended set-up simulates equipment
cables when setting the reference. Therefore, the connected to the fiber link through a patch panel.
resulting loss measurement reading is less than The measured loss includes the fiber under test
that of a test set using the one-cable method. The and the connection points at each end. The
additional connection point also adds uncertainty method used to set the 0dB reference affects
to the measurement. the displayed value as shown in Table3.
Table 3. Comparison of Reference Setting Methods for Fiber Plant Loss Testing
One-Cable Method
Reference Two-Cable Method Three-Cable Method
(Figure 28 -
Setting Method (Figure 29) (Figure 30)
preferred method)
When to Use Use this method, if pos- Use if the connector on Use if the connectors on
sible. Requires same the fiber under test is either end of the fiber
connectors on test equip- incompatible with the test under test are different,
ment, fiber plant, and equipment connector, making it impossible to
reference cables. making it impossible to use use the one-cable or two-
the one-cable method. cable method.
Effect on 0dB Includes mode condition- Includes mode Includes mode condition-
Reference Setting ing loss, only, to minimize conditioning loss plus one ing loss plus two connec-
error in reference setting. connector pair (Lbc). tor pairs (Lbc + Lde).
Error in Reference Minimal Ref Error = Lbc Ref Error = Lbc + Lde
Setting Loss across the coupling Loss across the
in Figure 29. couplings in Figure 30.
Effect on Fiber Measured Loss = Measured Loss = Measured Loss =
Plant Loss Lbx + Lxy + Lyc Lbx + Lxy + Lyc - Ref Error Lbx + Lxy + Lyc - Ref
Measurement Error
Effect on Loss Most accurate method. Measured Loss is less than Measured Loss is less
Measurements one-cable method. than both the one-cable
and two-cable methods.
Least accurate method.

Figure 31. The TIA FOTP-171
TIA 526-14 and TIA 526-7 Installed Cable Figure 32.
Plant Loss Test FOTP-171 Patch Cord Loss Test method is used for
insertion loss testing
Launch Launch
Reference
Cable Receive
Reference
Reference
Cable of patch and reference
Mandrel Mandrel
Cable
cables.
(for Multimode) (for Multimode)
b x y c b x
Coupling Link under test LC to LC Coupling Cable Under Test

Coupling
a d a y
9V
9V
850nm 1300nm 1310nm 1550nm

850nm 1300nm 1310nm 1550nm
FLS 101 WAVE ID

FIBER LIGHT SOURCE FLS 101 WAVE ID
FIBER LIGHT SOURCE
Set
Set
dB
850nm 1310nm Ref dB
dBm Ref
1300nm 1550nm 850nm 1310nm
dBm
1300nm 1550nm
MM SM
Extron FPM 101

MM SM
FIBER POWER METER

Extron FPM 101
Tone FIBER POWER METER
Tone
POWER
Fiber Optic POWER

POWER
Fiber Optic
Light Source
POWER
Power Meter Light Source Power Meter
Measured Link Loss = L bx + L xy+ L yc - Ref Error Measured Link Loss = L bx + L xy - Ref Error
Installed Cable Plant Loss Test FOTP-171 Patch Cord Loss Test
If the installed cable plant test method produces as shown in Figure 32. Therefore, the one-cable
a higher than expected measurement, inspect method is typically used to set the reference. The
the connectors for dirt or damage. Clean dirty fiber cable under test is plugged directly into the
connectors and replace damaged cables or power meter.
connectors, if needed, then retest. If the launch
cable is replaced, reset the 0dB reference per The loss measured with the TIA FOTP-171
the applicable method before retesting. If high patch cord test method includes the connection
measurements persist, measure each cable point between the launch cable and the fiber
segment in both directions using the TIA FOTP- under test. It does not include the connector
171 patch cord test method to isolate the end at the power meter. The aperture of the
problem. power meter input provides high light coupling
efficiency but tends to mask any problems in the
TIA FOTP-171 Patch Cord Test connector. Therefore, when using this method, it
The TIA FOTP-171 method is used for insertion is recommended to reverse the cable and repeat
loss testing of patch and reference cables, the test to obtain a second measurement.
isolating problems in an installed fiber plant,
and testing fiber cables prior to installation. This If one of the measurements is significantly higher,
method uses only a launch cable to measure loss the connector may be dirty or the fiber termination

OTDR Tester OTDR Trace
Connector
Connector
Fusion Splice
Cable End
Time/Distance
www.extron.com 43
Since an OTDR relies at the coupling could be poor. Cleaning or false events in the OTDR trace. The receive cable
on reflected light, it re-terminating the connector and retesting the also enables testing of the far-end connector on
fiber eliminates these possible issues. A higher the fiber link under test. The mode controller, if
indirectly measures
than expected measurement in both directions required, produces the encircled flux launch
cable loss, whereas may indicate dirty connectors, a defective condition for certifying a multimode fiber optic
an optical loss test reference cable, a bad splice, or poor terminations cable infrastructure. It is optional for debugging
set directly measures at both ends of the cable. Inspect all connectors, a fiber optic cable and should not be used for
clean or replace as required, reset the reference, singlemode fiber.
cable loss.
and retest. If the high measurements persist,
replace the reference cable, reset the reference, Understanding OTDR Test Results
and retest. Troubleshooting with a VFL or optical The results of an OTDR test are represented as a
time domain reflectometer OTDR may also trace as shown in Figure 34. The slope of the line
help isolate the problem. represents the scattering loss in the fiber cable in
dB/km. Any abrupt change in the trace is called
Using an OTDR for Loss Testing an event, and may indicate a connector, splice,
Overview bend or a break in the cable. The horizontal axis
An OTDR is a test instrument used for measuring is time or distance, indicating the position or
loss and debugging problems as shown in location of the event.
Figure 33. An OTDR sends an optical pulse
down a fiber cable, relying on light scattering in The first and last segments of the trace represent
the cable to create reflections. Scattering is the the launch and receive cables. The launch portion
dominant loss mechanism in fiber optic cables, of the trace may contain anomalies caused by
fiber optic connectors, and mechanical splices. multiple reflections in the launch cable. Setting
As the pulse travels down the fiber, scattering markers at either end of the cable under test
continuously causes light to reflect back up the enables the OTDR to measure cable length and
cable. The OTDR measures the reflected light, total loss in the cable under test, including the
and displays the results in an OTDR trace as fiber, connectors, splices, bends, or any other
shown in Figure34. loss mechanisms. The markers can also be
used to identify the location of anomalies that
OTDR Loss Test Setup are present in the cable by moving the second
The test setup for an OTDR includes a launch marker at the point of the anomaly.
cable at the near end and a receive cable at
the far end, both of which must be greater than OTDR Accuracy
250meters long. If they are too short, light reflects Since an OTDR relies on reflected light, it indirectly
back and forth along the cable and produces measures cable loss, whereas an optical loss test
set directly measures cable loss. Additionally, an
Figure 35.
OTDR has several settings that can affect the
OTDR Test Setup
accuracy. Using a wider pulse width tends to
increase the accuracy of measurements, but may
Coupling Coupling
also cause the OTDR to miss events if the pulse
width is too wide. Setting up an OTDR to ensure
Launch Cable Under Test Receive
Mode Cable Cable it balances accuracy with speed requires training
Controller (> 250 m) (> 250 m)
(if required) and experience.
A trace may also contain anomalies that may not

OTDR accurately represent the cable loss. A pinched
cable producing bend loss may be misinterpreted
as a splice and not corrected. The trace may better to ensure that there is adequate bandwidth Allow for a 3dB margin
also include a gainer, which is a step up in the for transmitting video and data signals. If dark when performing an
trace that appears as though the optical power fiber is available, verify that the type of fiber is
optical loss analysis.
increased at that point in the cable. However, adequate for the transmission distance required.
this anomaly usually occurs at a fiber splice. If the installed multimode fiber is inadequate
The two fiber sections spliced together have a for the application, check to see if there is any
different scattering characteristic such that the singlemode dark fiber installed, or consider
downstream fiber back scatters more light and running a higher performance fiber.
produces an apparent gain.
Selecting the Right Equipment
One of the advantages to using an OTDR is that Once the fiber is identified, select the equipment
all of the testing can be performed at one end. appropriate for the video source and display
In theory, this speeds up the process of taking devices used in the AV system. If a switching
multiple measurements on a cable plant. To get system is required, the switching system can use
an accurate measurement of loss, a receive electrical or optical inputs and outputs. Optical
cable must be attached to the far end. Having I/O may be more economical for larger systems,
to change the location of the receive cable for since electrical I/O may require additional
each measurement negates the advantage transmitters and receivers.
of conducting the test from one end. Some
operators may be tempted not to use a receive Optical Loss Analysis
cable to speed up testing. However, without the Determine the optical loss budget based on the
receive cable, the loss in the far end connector selected equipment. Determine the worst-case
is not measured, so the measured loss is lower loss in the optical paths of the system, including
than the actual loss. Failing to use a receive cable fiber, connectors, and splices. It is recommended
also masks any defects that may exist in the far to allow for a 3 dB margin when performing an
end connector. optical loss analysis.
Some argue that taking a direct measurement Safety Considerations

with a light source and power meter is a more DO NOT LOOK DIRECTLY INTO AN ACTIVE
accurate method than indirectly measuring loss LASER OR AT THE END OF AN ACTIVE FIBER
with an OTDR. The appearance of a gainer in an since the laser light source is infrared, nothing can
OTDR trace would also support that view. Others be seen, but serious eye damage can occur.
argue that a light source and power meter are no
more accurate than an OTDR and produce as WEAR SAFETY GLASSES when working with
much variability in loss measurements. However, small, sharp slivers of glass.
the OTDR provides the additional benefit of
seeing a map of the loss along the entire link. FIBER IS GLASS so use a black mat to provide a
Regardless of which method is used, obtaining good contrast. Refrain from eating and drinking in
accurate results depends on the training and the work area to avoid contamination of fiber and
experience of the operator. fiber components.
AV System Design Considerations SAFELY DISPOSE OF GLASS FIBERS!

Selecting the Right Fiber These safety rules help to prevent accidents and
Designing a fiber optic system begins with injuries.
proper fiber selection to achieve the required
transmission distance. For new installations of
multimode fiber, use OM4 laser-optimized fiber or
www.extron.com 45
Fiber Optic AV System Design
AV professionals are System Requirements and Needs support emerging 4K and UHD standards. The
now turning to fiber Assessment old cable may need to be removed and new
Performing a needs assessment and determining cable installed for these signals. In response to
optic cabling to future-
the system requirements for a fiber optic AV this challenge, AV professionals are now turning
proof AV systems. system are essentially the same as that of an to fiber optic cabling to future-proof AV systems.
AV system using coaxial cabling, twisted pair, or The ability of todays fiber optic cable to carry
other copper-based cabling. However, the use a video signal is, in essence, limited only by
of fiber optic equipment does present unique the electronics attached to it. It easily handles
benefits for future-proofing an AV system, 1080p and 2K signals, and has the capacity for
providing isolation in secure environments, emerging 4K and UHD video standards. Installing
enabling systems in medical environments, and singlemode fiber or OM4 multimode fiber is the
routing signals in large venues. best alternative for future-proofing an AV system.
Supporting 4K and Ultra HD Video Secure Environments

Manufacturers are introducing new displays Secure environments include any system
and projectors that provide 4K resolutions up that deals with sensitive information, such
to 4096x2160 and Ultra HD - UHD resolutions as government and military briefing rooms,
up to 3840x2160. These are used in a wide emergency operations centers, or a corporate
variety of applications, including simulation, presentation or planning room for proprietary
defense, medical, attractions, theater, and other technology. Many of these systems must access
environments. As the need to support these information from both secure and public sources.
high resolution video signals continues to evolve, Secure sources are referred to as red signals
system designers and integrators should work and can be further divided into various security
closely with manufacturers to provide a high- classification levels. Unclassified public sources
performance signal extension, routing, and are referred to as black signals. Secure
distribution system that supports 4K and UHD systems must protect classified information from
digital video signals, as well as DisplayPort, HDMI, unauthorized access without hindering legitimate
DVI, 3G-SDI, and standard definition. Fiber optic use of the information by authorized personnel.
systems can support a wide range of signals and
often provide a upgrade path where the existing Red / Black Separation
cabling can be reused. Protecting classified information requires
physically and electrically isolating secure
Future-Proofing AV Systems sources from public access, sometimes referred
As the number of video formats and resolutions to as red/black separation. Secure systems
continue to proliferate, updating an AV system to with black sources must take great care to
support a new format or resolution becomes more ensure that red information does not leak out
difficult and costly. For example, a copper cabling through the connection to the black source. In
infrastructure installed for 1080p video may not a copperbased system, red and black signals
Figure 1.
Red / Black Separation Using Fiber Optics
Public Unidirectional Glass Fiber Unidirectional Secure AV

Black Fiber Optic Fiber Optic System
AV Source Transmitter Receiver Red

must remain physically separated. Since fiber most extensive offering of AV products on the UC Extron has the most
optic cables are made of glass, a fiber optic APL. A complete list of the approved products extensive offering of
system provides near-perfect electrical isolation is available on the DISA Approved Products List
AV products on the
between black and red signals using a fiber optic Integrated Tracking System website.
transmitter and receiver, see Figure 1. UC APL
Special Needs in Medical Environments
It should also be noted that the fiber optic black Modern day medical environments present
signals must be unidirectional. Transmission some unique challenges and opportunities for
of any signal from a red secure system to AV professionals. To ensure patients receive the
an unsecure black system is not permitted. best care, medical professionals demand pixel-
Therefore, all fiber optic signals must transmit in for-pixel image accuracy for all medical imaging
the same direction, whether using TDM or WDM. equipment and displays. In todays surgical
Fiber optic devices that use WDM or a return fiber environments, medical imaging devices and
for bidirectional communications cannot be used displays are mounted on booms suspended from
to connect a black source to a red system. the ceiling for convenient use during a medical
procedure. The booms provide limited space for
Joint Interoperability Test Command running cabling to the displays. Additionally, the
Certification use of sensitive electronic medical equipment
The Joint Interoperability Test Command - requires that AV cabling does not generate any
JITC is an entity of the US Department of electromagnetic interference EMI that could
Defense - DoD under the Defense Information affect the accuracy of the medical readings.
Systems Agency DISA. JITC evaluates the
technological requirements of all DoD agencies Fiber optic cabling can meet these challenges
and organizations, and then develops tests that when used with the appropriate fiber optic AV
pertain to the multiple branches of the armed equipment. Fiber provides the additional benefit
services and government. The organization of isolating the medical imaging equipment from
is responsible for planning and conducting the AV system. The ability to transmit signals
these operational tests, reporting results, and long distances over fiber allows AV equipment
providing an evaluation of each units operational to be located outside of the sterile surgical
effectiveness, suitability, interoperability, and environment, and enables surgical imagery to be
security. sent to classrooms or lecture halls in a teaching
hospital.
JITC issues the certification letter that allows a
Figure 2.
product to be listed on the Unified Capabilities Centralized Switching System
Approved Products List UC APL. Inclusion
on the UC APL validates that a product has
successfully completed interoperability and Video Video
Conference Conference
information assurance testing for use in Room Room
command and control, conference, training, and
briefing room systems.
Central
Conference Control Conference
Room Room Room
JITC certification is a rigorous process, which
includes stringent testing in accordance with the
DoD Unified Capabilities Requirements - UCR.
Training Training
For certification purposes, Extron products Room Room
are tested and approved under JITCs Video
Distribution System category, and Extron has the
www.extron.com 47
Daisy-chaining allows Long Distance Transmission in Large Venues Figure 5.

Attenuation Causes Light in an Optical
a signal to be delivered Large venues, such as stadiums, arenas, Fiber to Dim
hospitals, college campuses, corporate
to multiple destinations Light Travelling Down a Fiber
campuses, and government installations,
without the need for often involve the need to transmit AV signals
routing or distribution over extreme distances. Fiber optic systems
Light Intensity
equipment. can ensure high quality, pixel-for-pixel image
transmission throughout a location, between
buildings, and even between facilities. For
moderate distances within a building, select
AV equipment for multimode fiber. For new Distance Travelled on Optic Fiber
fiber installations, OM4 multimode fiber is

recommended. Longer distances between to other types of AV systems, but with some
buildings or campuses require singlemode important differences. The ability to transmit
systems. video, audio, and control on fiber optic cabling
enables enterprise-wide distribution of AV signals.
Switching and Distribution System Fiber optic systems use a variety of signal routing
The switching and distribution system is the architectures, depending on the application. The
heart of an AV system. The design of a fiber following sections summarize basic topologies for
optic switching and distribution system is similar fiber optic distribution systems.
Centralized Switching
Figure 3.
Distributed Switching System - University Hospital A centralized switching system, Figure 2, is
situated in a central control room where all
Operating Room 1 Assembly/Lecture Hall signal routing and distribution is accomplished.
AV signals are physically cabled to a large
Equipment
Equipment
Sources Sources
Closet
Closet
/
Displays
/
Displays
switching system in the central equipment room.
The switching system is typically configured as
Operating Room 2 Classroom 1 separate rooms or virtual matrix switchers.
Central
This type of configuration, known as rooming,
Equipment
Equipment
Sources Equipment Sources

Closet
Closet
/ Room /
Displays Displays enables local control within each room, as if it had
a local switching system.
Operating Room 3 Classroom 2
Equipment
Equipment
Sources Sources A central control room enables monitoring of all

Closet
Closet
/ /
Displays Displays AV signals throughout the system, and helps
simplify maintenance and upgrades. It also
facilitates re-configuration of the system to allow
Figure 4. for multi-room conferences and multi-purpose
Daisy Chain Configuration
rooms that can be used as overflow rooms.
Although a significant number of signals must
be run to the control room, fiber optic cables are
easy to pull since they are small and often contain
several fibers.
Fiber Optic Fiber Optic Fiber Optic Fiber Optic
Receiver Receiver Receiver Receiver

Distributed Switching connects each consecutive receiver in the chain The optical loss budget
In a distributed switching environment, Figure 3, for efficient use of the fiber infrastructure. A daisy- is the maximum
signal routing equipment is typically located in an chain configuration is ideal for digital signage
allowable attenuation
equipment closet within each room, permitting a applications.
room to operate independently from other rooms. in a fiber system that
However, AV signals may be routed to a central Fiber Cabling System still enables detection
equipment room to allow for central monitoring or Attenuation in Fiber Optic Cables of light at the receiver.
recording, or as inputs into another system. In this Laser light tends to become dimmer as it travels
scenario, fewer signals are routed to the central down an optical fiber, see Figure5. If the light is
equipment room, as compared to a completely too dim when it reaches the receiver, the receiver
centralized system. Within a distributed does not detect the light. This loss of light is
switching system, fiber optic cables may or may called attenuation, and is due to losses in the fiber
not be used for each room, depending on the cabling, connectors, and splices. When designing
application and distances involved. or installing a fiber optic system, the maximum
amount of allowable attenuation is determined by
For example, in a university hospital, medical calculating the optical loss budget.
images within an operating room are routed
through a switching system in the rooms What is an Optical Loss Budget?
equipment closet. A select number of signals are The optical loss budget is the maximum
sent to the central equipment room for distribution allowable attenuation in a fiber system that still
to lecture halls and classrooms. A video recording enables detection of light at the destination.
system may be located in the closet or the central It can be calculated as the difference between
equipment room. the transmitter output power and the receiver
sensitivity: Optical Loss Budget = Transmitter
Daisy-Chaining Output Power - Receiver Sensitivity.
Daisy-chaining, Figure 4, allows a signal to be
delivered to multiple destinations without the The optical loss budget may also be provided
need for routing or distribution equipment. An AV on the data sheet for the fiber optic equipment
signal from a single transmitter, or from a single and is given in decibels dB. Extron FOX Series
output on a matrix switcher is sent to a receiver products feature an optical link loss budget of
with daisy-chain capability. The receiver provides 13 dB for singlemode products and 7 dB for
a loop-out signal that is sent to the next receiver multimode products. This means that the intensity
in the daisy-chain. This configuration utilizes a of the light can dim by 13 dB, or have up to 13 dB
single fiber from the transmitter or matrix output of attenuation, as it passes through connectors,
to the first receiver in the chain. A single fiber splices, and fiber, and still be detectable.
Table 1. Typical Losses in a Fiber Optic System
Fiber Attenuation (dB/km) Splice Loss (dB/splice)
1300 / Connector Loss Fusion Mechanical

Fiber Type 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm (dB/pair) Splice Splice
Singlemode N/A 0.5 1.0 0.2 1.0 0.5 0.05 0.3
Multimode 3.0 3.5 1.0 1.5 N/A 0.75 0.05 0.3
www.extron.com 49
The actual link loss can H

ow is the Optical Loss Budget Used in use multiple patch panels to maximize flexibility.
be measured using an System Design? However, when designing an optical plant, it
When planning a fiber plant installation, designers is important to minimize losses in optical links.
optical loss test set.
sum the losses in the system to calculate the Although patch panels provide a convenient way
link loss for each fiber optic path. Losses in the to re-route fiber signals, they also can introduce
Optical Loss Test Set
system come from fiber attenuation, connector significant losses into a fiber optic system.
loss, and splice loss. The losses in an optical
link, expressed as dB, are summed with simple For example, the connector loss in a
addition as Link Loss = Fiber Loss + Connector singlemode fiber is 0.5 dB, which is equivalent
Loss + Splice Loss. to adding approximately a 1,000 meter length
of singlemode fiber to that link. Therefore, it
Typical values for fiber attenuation, connector is recommended to use patch panels and
loss, and splice loss are available for calculating connectors only where necessary, such as a
the link loss. For optical fiber, the attenuation connection point for horizontal cabling to AV
depends on the fiber type and wavelength. equipment. Splice enclosures and trays are
Connector loss depends only on the number of recommended for permanent connections such
connectors. The amount of splice loss depends
on the number of splices and whether they are Table 2. Optical Link Loss Analysis
mechanical or fusion splices. Table 1 provides an Step 1 Determine Loss Budget

overview of typical loss values introduced with A. Transmitter Output Power = -5 dBm
B. Receiver Input Sensitivity = -12 dBm
fiber optic components.
C. Total Loss Budget: A - B = 7 dB
The system loss margin is the difference between Step 2 Determine Fiber Loss
the loss budget and link loss: System Loss A. Operating Wavelength = 850 nm
B. Fiber Attenuation per km = 3.0 dB/
Margin = Optical Loss Budget - Link Loss. (specification) km
C. Cable Length = 0.60 km
The recommended system loss margin is D. Fiber Loss: B x C = 1.8 dB
typically 3 dB. The additional margin accounts for Step 3 Determine Connector Loss
uncertainty in the loss calculation, ensuring that A. Number of Connector Pairs = 2
links continue to operate as components age, and B. Loss per Connector Pair: = 0.75 dB
0.75 dB (MM), 0.5 dB (SM)
providing headroom for future splices or repairs.
C. Total Connector Loss: A x B = 1.5 dB
Splices vs. Patch Panels Step 4 Determine Splice Loss

A. Number of splices = 2
Patch panels provide a convenient mechanism to
B. Loss per Splice: 0.3 dB = 0.05 dB
re-route fiber optic signals without having to pull (mechanical), 0.05 dB (fusion)
new cables. Some designers may be tempted to C. Total Splice Loss = 0.1 dB
Figure 6. Step 5 Calculate Optical Link Loss

Fiber Optic System with Available Loss Budget of 7 dB A. Fiber Loss (Step 2D) = 1.8 dB
600 m
B. Total Connector Loss (Step 3C) = 1.5 dB
3.0 dB/km C. Total Splice Loss (Step 4C) = 0.1 dB
D. Total Optical Link Loss: A + B + C = 3.4 dB
0.75 dB 0.75 dB
Connector Connector Step 6 Calculate System Loss Margin
A. Total Loss Budget (Step 1C) = 7 dB
Fusion Fusion
Splice Splice B. Total Optical Link Loss (Step 5D) = 3.4 dB
0.05 dB 0.05 dB
C. Total System Loss Margin: A B = 3.6 dB
Power = -5 dBm Sensitivity = -12 dBm The system loss margin of 3.6 dB is adequate for this
Wavelength = 850 nm application.
Data Rate = 4,250 Mbps

as transitioning from outdoor to indoor cables or fiber type, and the type of light source being used It is important to
repairing damaged fibers. to transmit the signal. inspect and clean, if
needed, both the fiber
Optical Losses in an Installed Fiber Plant How Bandwidth Affects System Design and
For an existing structured cabling installation, Fiber Length end and the mating
actual link loss may be provided as part of In practical systems, singlemode fiber has connector before
the documentation package for the cabling extremely high bandwidth. The maximum making the connection
infrastructure, or can be measured using an distance a video signal can propagate down
because a single
optical loss test set. An optical loss test set a singlemode fiber is limited by its attenuation
includes a light source and a power meter. The rather than its bandwidth. speck of dust can
light source is used to transmit an optical signal completely block an
at a defined power level along an optical link. Multimode fibers, on the other hand, have much optical video signal in a
The power meter measures the amount of light lower bandwidth than singlemode fibers, due to
singlemode fiber.
received at the other end of the link. Link loss the nature of multiple mode transmission down
is calculated as the difference between the light the fiber. Different types of multimode fibers have
source power and the measured power. been developed to improve performance; see
Table 1 in the section entitled, Fiber Optic Tutorial.
Link Loss = Light Source Power AV manufacturers often specify the maximum
Measured Power. distance an optical extender can transmit for a
Example of Optical Link Loss Analysis given fiber type.
An optical link loss analysis adds up all of the
losses in the system caused by fiber cabling, Signal Integrity in Fiber Optic Systems
connectors, and splices, and then compares the Signal integrity in fiber optic systems involves
total loss to the available loss budget. A safety both the optical and electrical domains. In a
margin of 3dB is recommended. fiber optic AV system, a video signal undergoes
multiple conversions between the optical and
Consider an application using an Extron electrical domains. Maintaining signal integrity
FOXBOXMM extender to transmit signals over in a fiber optic AV system ensures pixel-for-pixel
a 600 meter length of fiber with two fusion image quality. The following guidelines represent
splices, see Figure 6. The installed fiber is best practices for maintaining signal integrity in a
OM4type 50m multimode fiber with a specified fiber optic AV system.
attenuation of 3.0dB/km. The optical link loss is
calculated as shown in Table 2. 1. Keep Optical Connections Clean
For a singlemode fiber, the diameter of the core
Bandwidth in Fiber Optic Cable carrying the light signal is about the same size as
In a fiber optic system, digital signals are the diameter of a dust particle. In other words,
transmitted down optical fibers. The light source a single speck of dust can completely block an
is switched on for a digital one 1, and off for optical video signal in a singlemode fiber. For
a digital zero 0. The bandwidth is a measure multimode fiber, as few as ten dust particles can
of how fast the light source can switch on and severely attenuate the signal. When working with
off to effectively transmit the digital optical signal. fiber optic connections, it is important to inspect
Higher bandwidth means digital signals can be and clean, if needed, both the fiber end and the
transmitted at higher bit rates. Higher bit rates mating connector before making the connection.
translate into an increased information-carrying It is also important to note that dust caps used
capacity and longer transmission distances. Fiber on fiber connectors do not prevent dust from
bandwidth depends on the length of the fiber, the accumulating on the fiber or mating connector.
www.extron.com 51
Apply signal reclocking The purpose of the cap is to protect the fiber from products designed for fiber optic AV systems are
or regeneration for damage, not dirt. usually OEO types to prevent excessive losses in
optical power.
optimal signal integrity.
2. Use OM4 Multimode Fiber for New
Installations 5. Apply Signal Reclocking or Regeneration
Legacy OM1type 62.5 m and OM2type for Optimal Signal Integrity
50m multimode fibers are considered obsolete Switching and distributing optical signals requires
by TIA942-A and should not be used in new converting the optical signal to an electrical
installations. They were originally designed signal, routing the signal to one or more outputs,
for much slower network signals using LED and converting the electrical signals back to the
sources. OM3type multimode fiber, also called optical domain. Although these switching and
laser-optimized multimode fiber, is designed for distribution systems provide high quality signal
the multi-gigabit signals common in todays AV paths, multiple conversion processes may have
systems. OM4 multimode fiber meets or exceeds a negative impact on signal quality and the
the highest performance needs, currently, and accumulation of jitter. An optical signal should
has extra capacity to handle future data rates. be routed through no more than two switching
systems, including matrix switchers, switchers,
3. Avoid Adding Excess Attenuation or distribution amplifiers, without reclocking or
Multiple patch panels may provide convenient regenerating the signal.
points for re-routing optical signals, but each
additional connector adds attenuation into the Extron FOX Series Matrix Switchers provide
signal path. Perform an optical loss analysis selectable reclocking at 4.25 or 2.125 Gbps
during the system design phase to identify rates. The selected rate must match the rate
potential problems prior to fiber installation. of the transmitter generating the fiber optic AV
Eliminating high attenuation paths in the design signal. A bypass mode is also available, which
phase helps to avoid costly workarounds during passes the signal without reclocking.
the implementation phase.
Signal regeneration is accomplished by routing
4. Avoid Splitting the Optical Signal the fiber optic signal through a receiver port in
It is common for AV signals to have multiple daisy-chain mode. The receiver accepts the
destinations in todays systems. Passive optical optical signal and restores the original video
splitters provide a simple and economical method signal, and regenerates the AV signal in the
to send an optical signal to two or more places, optical domain.
but can lead to undesirable effects. Splitting
optical signals to multiple outputs drastically
reduces the optical power in each output path.
For example, a simple splitter reduces optical
power by 3.5 to 4 dB. This additional loss is
equivalent to adding up to eight connectors or
patch panels, and is also equivalent to about
4,000 feet of multimode fiber or nearly five miles
of singlemode fiber. Switching and distribution

Fiber Optic System Designs
Fiber optics, a powerful medium for AV systems, offers the ability to address several needs and challenges beyond the scope of a traditional
coax or twisted pair infrastructure. For example, an application may require presentation of pristine, high resolution graphics without any
pixel loss, and the capability to support higher resolutions and future video formats. Conduit space often is very limited, and there likely will
be restrictions on modifying existing structures to allow for running new cables. Large environments such as sports arenas, and applications
calling for AV communication between buildings require the ability to send AV signals over substantial distances, from thousands of feet
up to several miles or kilometers. Furthermore, in applications such as command and control where content security is essential, it will be
necessary to isolate secure content from the non-secure part of the system.
The following AV system designs represent a cross-section of typical commercial AV environments where the scope, complexity, and
particular needs are optimally addressed with fiber optics. For each system design, a detailed application drawing depicts signal flow from
end-to-end, as well as the types of sources and displays that typically need to be supported.
Digital Signage Knowledge Wall
Sports Stadium Courtroom of the Future
Campus Technology Divisible Auditorium and

Amphitheater
www.extron.com 53
Digital Signage
System Design Solution

Display Systems
Four 60-inch (153cm) displays will be suspended from the ceiling or
mounted on the wall in the first floor lobby. For the second and third
floor lobbies, four 55-inch (140cm) displays will be mounted on the
walls.
Sources and Connectivity

The content servers in the equipment room provide DVI output and
require local monitor support. The CATV / satellite receivers have
HDMI output, but do not require a local monitor.
Switching and Signal Management

The Extron SMX 200 Frame with an installed SMX 88 FOX Fiber
Optic Matrix Switcher Board provide the distribution and routing of
the video sources to the displays in both the public and employee-
only areas of the building.
Overview
This pharmaceutical building has public lobbies for customer access and Signal Distribution and Extension
general admittance to the site. Employee lounges and cafeterias are located Extron FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Fiber Optic Transmitters accept the DVI
throughout the building for lunch and other breaks.
video and stereo analog audio signals from the content servers, and
send fiber optic signals. Extron FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Fiber Optic
Needs Assessment Transmitters accept the HDMI video and stereo analog audio from the
Staffing Digital signage content will be created by the CATV / satellite receivers to send fiber optic signals.
Marketing Department for LCD displays located
in public areas. Human Resources will create Fiber optic signals for employee content and CATV / satellite receivers
content for the displays in the employee-only are sent to inputs on the SMX FOX 88. The SMX FOX 88 is used to
areas. Trained personnel will upload the content.
select and send the desired signal for distribution to each display in
The IT Department is responsible for administering
the content server and performing updates. the employee-only area. The SMX FOX 88 also accepts fiber optic
signals from the public content server, distributing the signal to the
Display Flat-panel displays located throughout the public
Requirements areas will be used for advertising, news, events,
public display areas.
stock prices, and other public relations material.
A flat panel display in each of the four employee The Extron FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Fiber Optic Receivers are used at
lounges will provide information about upcoming each display to convert the fiber optic signals into DVI/HDMI video
employee events, holiday schedules, weather and stereo analog audio. The FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus receivers in the
conditions, and other relevant data. The displays
public areas are connected in a daisy-chain configuration, enabling
in the private areas may also be used to display
television broadcasts from centrally located TV a single fiber from the SMX FOX 88 to serve the same content to
receivers. multiple displays.
Sources and Two CATV / satellite receivers and two PC-based
Connectivity content servers will be located in the equipment
room. One server is for public content, and the
other is for employee-only content. The CATV
/ satellite signals can be sent to displays in the
employee-only areas.
Audio Requirements Audio playback will be handled by loudspeakers
integrated into the displays.
Special The existing fiber infrastructure will be used to
Requirements send video and audio from the control room
to the various displays. The equipment room
that houses the content servers and the CATV
/ satellite receivers will be located in the IT
Department.

Employee Lounge 1 Employee Lounge 2 Employee Lounge 3 Employee Lounge 4
Flat Panel Display Flat Panel Display Flat Panel Display Flat Panel Display
POWER POWER POWER POWER

12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232
1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG CONFIG CONFIG
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL
FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX

Rx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus
Control Room
REMOTE
SMX 88 FOX
OUT 1 IN OUT 2 IN OUT 3 IN OUT 4 IN OUT 5 IN OUT 6 IN OUT 7 IN OUT 8 IN
RS232/RS422
FIBER OPTIC ADDRESS FIBER OPTIC
RESET
LINK
LAN
ACT
100-240V , 50-60Hz
1.3A MAX.
SMX 200
Tx Rx Tx Rx
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG
FOXBOX FOXBOX
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL
POWER POWER
12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232
1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM
Employee
Tx DVI Plus FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
Tx DVI Plus Public
Information Information
Content Content
COAX
DIGITAL
1 SATELLITE 2 S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT HDMI Ethernet SATA PHONE LINE
Satellite Receiver
Tx Rx Tx Rx
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG
COAX
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL
POWER POWER
12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232
DIGITAL
1 SATELLITE 2 S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT HDMI Ethernet SATA PHONE LINE
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Satellite Receiver FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus
Main Level Lobby- Public Area Level 2 Lobby- Public Area Level 3 Lobby- Public Area
FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX
Rx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus Rx DVI Plus
Flat Panel Display Tx Rx Flat Panel Display Tx Rx Flat Panel Display Tx Rx
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG CONFIG
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL
POWER POWER POWER

12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232
1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX ON OVER FIBER ALARM
1 2 1 2 1 2
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2

AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
DVI
POWER POWER POWER

1 2 1 2 1 2

AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
DVI
POWER POWER POWER

1 2 1 2 1 2

AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
DVI
POWER POWER POWER

1 2 1 2 1 2
www.extron.com 55
Sports Stadium

Display Systems
A wide variety of display systems are located within this stadium.
Displays range from HD-SDI monitors and LCD flat panels, to LED
scoreboard and displays, and large-screen projectors. All displays
must accommodate up to 1080p and 1920x1200 signal resolutions.
Video Formats and Connectivity

HD-SDI is the predominant signal format distributed throughout the
stadium. However, many other signals, including DVI, composite,
and component video, are also provided by the various systems.
Main locations have direct connection to the routing system, which
also accommodates a large number of auxiliary patch locations for
alternate camera placement and other usage. An IPTV system is used
Overview
to support the hundreds of flat-panel displays mounted throughout
Sports venues of today have become much more than places people go to
simply watch a game. They have been built, or modernized, to include high the concourses, concession stands, and seating areas.
levels of technology for enhancing the overall experience for both the guests
in attendance and those viewing from the comfort of their homes. Fiber optic- Switching and Signal Management
based systems represent ideal solutions for addressing the many challenges An Extron FOX Matrix 14400 144x144 Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher
associated with stadium environments. This baseball stadium provides an
example of how implementation of a fiber optic infrastructure contributes to
is used as the main routing switcher within the system. The fiber
the success in implementing AV for these venues. I/O boards are capable of routing any signal format via Extron
FOXSeries and FOXBOXSeries Fiber Optic Transmitters and
Receivers. The matrix is also populated with HD-SDI boards to allow
Needs Assessment for direct connection of input and output HD-SDI signals to other
Staffing On game days, a large staff is required to devices in close proximity, such as a large HD-SDI router and one of
operate the various systems within the stadium. the in-house editing suites.
Professional camera operators positioned in
strategic locations provide continuous game and
crowd coverage. This information is distributed to
An Extron DMS 3600 36x36 DVI Matrix Switcher routes high
many other supporting systems for additional use. resolution computer graphics from signal processing equipment
Production staff is on hand to provide content and PCs in administrative areas for use within the main system,
editing and production services for broadcast boardroom, and conference rooms.
crews and material presentation to numerous
ancillary venues within the stadium.
Signal Distribution and Extension
Location The centralized equipment room serves as the
A fiber optic infrastructure is used to transport video signals to and
Requirements heart of the system for overall signal distribution to
the many facilities within the stadium. Main areas from the equipment room, addressing the need to send video signals
supported from this location include the master over very long distances and through narrow conduit.
control room, in-house editing suites, broadcast
truck lot, press box, administrative boardroom/ Extron FOX 3G HD-SDI Fiber Optic Transceivers transmit the HD-SDI
conference rooms, and entertainment venues output signals from the cameras to the equipment room, and receive
such as various stadium clubs.
the video signals from the control room via the FOX Matrix 14400.
Sources and Multiple broadcast cameras are positioned within
Connectivity the stadium to provide optimal coverage in full Extron PowerCage FOX DVI Plus Fiber Optic Transmitters and
HDTV 1080p resolution from several angles. Receivers are used within the equipment room. The PowerCage
The master control room receives live camera
FOXDVIPlus Fiber Optic Extender boards provide a compact,
feeds via the equipment room, and uses a large
production switcher to select between feeds and space-saving solution for efficiently mounting fiber optic signal
various inputs from slow motion systems, media extenders within an equipment rack.
servers, and graphics generators. Signals are
then fed back to the equipment room for further Video Signal Processing
distribution within the facility.
The Extron DVC 501 SD converts the HD-SDI and 3G-SDI live
Special The very long distances between areas and use of
broadcast signals from the professional mixer and switcher to a DVI-D
Requirements high resolution content dictate the need for fiber
optic signal distribution throughout the facility. video signal, for compatibility with the DMS 3600 matrix switcher
Signal routing equipment must accommodate residing in the equipment room.
a variety of standard and high definition video
formats, and high resolution computer graphics.

Remote Camera Locations
Low Home Camera High Home Camera Low First Base Camera Press Box #1 Camera
FOX 3G HD-SDI FOX 3G HD-SDI FOX 3G HD-SDI FOX 3G HD-SDI

POWER OPTICAL POWER OPTICAL POWER OPTICAL POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE 12V MODE 12V MODE 12V MODE
ON
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN
Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
High First Base Camera Low Third Base Camera High Third Base Camera Press Box #2 Camera

0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
Center Field #1 Camera Center Field #2 Camera Concourse Level #1 Camera Concourse Level #2 Camera

0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
Equipment Room
DVC 501 SD
FOX Matrix 14400
100-240V ~ 0.5A MAX
INPUT OUTPUT
AUDIO
BUFFERED
SDI / HD-SDI LOOP-THROUGH DVI-D RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y
L R
RS-232
50/60 Hz N/A Tx Rx
To DVI Matrix
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN
1 - 16
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
DVC 501 SD
FAN ASSIMBLY
17 - 32
100-240V ~ 0.5A MAX

INPUT OUTPUT
AUDIO
BUFFERED
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN SDI / HD-SDI LOOP-THROUGH DVI-D RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y
L R
33 - 48
RS-232
50/60 Hz N/A Tx Rx
To DVI Matrix
49 - 64
65 - 80
To Scoreboard
81 - 96
FAN ASSIMBLY
97 - 112
To Stadium Club A
113 - 128
129 - 144
To Stadium Club B
LAN
REMOTE
RS232/RS422 ACT LINK RESET
To HD-SDI Matrix
PRIMARY POWER SUPPLY REDUNDANT POWER SUPPLY
REDUNDANT
100-240V
50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
PRIMARY
100-240V
To Press Box
50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
ANAHEIM, CA
Control Room
Broadcast Trucks In-house Editing Suite
HDCAM High Definition
Slow Motion Graphics

MPEG IMX Digital BETACAM HDCAM Video System
POWER REMOTE EJECT

1(9P) 2(50P) RS-232C
PHONES
Media Server
ASSEMBLE INSERT MULTI RECORDER SHUTTLE/VAR
CONTROL
VIDEO TC CH1 CH2 CH3 CH3 CUE JOG
System Generator
HD SDI HD SDI HD SDI HD SDI JOG
VAR
PUSH/ PLAYER SHUTTLE
00:00:00:00
db db db db db SHIFT
0 0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 10 ALARM SE FO
20 20 20 20 20 CHANNEL ER RW
KEY INHI V AR
DISPLAY
30 30 30 30 30 CONDITION RE D
40 40 40 40 40
FULL/FINE RESET
50 50 50 50 50
HOME F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
1-4 L
LIST GOOD SHOT MARK TRIM REC REC INHI
EXT
REC/ PREROLL EDIT
INPUT CH1 5 CH2 6 CH3 7 CH4 8 IMX CUE MONITOR ERASE IN AUDIO OUT
REC 5-8 R STANDBY
MIXING DMC EDIT DELETE
ENTRY
MEMORY
REC REC
REW PLAY F FWD STOP
CH1 5 CH2 6 CH3 7 CH4 8 CUE PREVIEW AUTO EDIT REVIEW
PB PB IN OUT
UNITY VARIABLE
HDCAM
Captioning Captioning
High Definition
MPEG IMX Digital BETACAM HDCAM Video System
POWER REMOTE EJECT

1(9P) 2(50P) RS-232C
PHONES
Media Server
CONTROL
Equipment Equipment
VAR
PUSH/ PLAYER SHUTTLE
00:00:00:00
0 0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 10 ALARM SE FO
20 20 20 20 20 CHANNEL ER RW
KEY INHI V AR
DISPLAY
30 30 30 30 30 CONDITION RE D
40 40 40 40 40
FULL/FINE RESET
50 50 50 50 50
1-4 L
EXT
REC/ PREROLL EDIT
REC 5-8 R STANDBY
ENTRY
MEMORY
REC REC
REW PLAY F FWD STOP
PB PB IN OUT
UNITY VARIABLE
www.extron.com 57
Campus Technology

Display Systems
Room display systems include projectors and LCD displays. Sizes,
types, and quantities depend on the application within a room.
The required resolution to be delivered to each room from the
central control room is 1080p. Signal processing is handled by the
room's equipment. Two Extron MGP464ProDI Four Window
HDCPCompliant Multi-Window Processors in the central equipment
room enable control room staff to monitor up to eight images on two
displays, providing centralized support for the connected rooms.

Sources include video feeds from classrooms, lecture halls, meeting
rooms, and videoconference systems. The typical room includes a
Overview computer, document camera, Blu-ray Disc player, and pan, tilt, and
Universities are centers of research as well as institutions for higher learning.
zoom PTZ cameras. HDMI, VGA, and composite video inputs
Campuses feature multiple buildings with classrooms, offices, computer
centers, lecture halls, and auditoriums. They are also leaders in the use of enable connection of a laptop, VCR, or other equipment brought in
technology to enhance the learning experience, and providing instruction to by professors or guest lecturers. An Extron DSC301HD Three Input
remote areas and satellite locations. Compact HDCP-Compliant Video Scaler automatically switches
to the active input and scales the image to 1080p. An Extron
Needs Assessment Annotator300 in the lectern enables marking up electronic images
using the attached touch monitor. Additional shared resources, such
Staffing Professors, adjunct professors, guest lecturers,
and student assistants are the typical users of the as videoconferencing CODECs, are in the central equipment room.
audio-visual systems on a university campus. A
centralized control and equipment room allows Switching and Signal Management
component and system monitoring for usage
and security purposes. Centralized control also
The Extron FOXMatrix14400 Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher
enables multicasting video content for distance provides signal distribution and routing of all fiber optic AV signals.
learning, assigning classrooms for overflow The I/O boards for the matrix switcher include both singlemode and
usage, and providing access to resources that are multimode versions. The multimode boards are used to connect
in remote locations.
rooms within the same building as the control room. Singlemode
Display Display and audio requirements within boards are used to transmit signals between campus buildings.
and Audio classrooms, lecture halls, and conference
Requirements rooms vary, depending on the AV functions in FOX Series matrix switchers can create an HDCP-compliant
each location. Video signals at resolutions up to
distribution system up to 1000x1000 and larger. Centralized routing
1920x1200 and stereo audio must be transmitted
between the control room and all displays. enables costly equipment, such as videoconferencing CODECs, to be
shared among multiple rooms. Also, support personnel can monitor
Multi-Building Classrooms, conference rooms, and
Connectivity videoconference areas must allow routing to operations across the campus from a centralized location.
a central control room located in a separate
building. Fiber optic cabling between buildings Signal Distribution and Extension
will provide connectivity to the equipment room.
Fiber optic extenders throughout the design connect source and
Control Interface A control system within each classroom will allow destination equipment to the fiber optic infrastructure. Extron
operation of the equipment located within the FOXBOXTxHDMI fiber optic transmitters are used to send HDCP-
classroom environment.
compliant HDMI, stereo audio, and RS-232 control signals from the
Special Distances between buildings on campus will classrooms, lecture halls, auditoriums, and conference rooms to
Requirements potentially exceed 2kilometers (6,500feet),
the central equipment room. PowerCageFOXTxHDMI fiber optic
requiring the use of singlemode fiber optic
cables to connect to the centralized control transmitters mounted in a PowerCage1600 enclosure extend signals
room. Multimode fiber can be used within the from the central location to the various rooms. The PowerCage1600
classrooms, as well as for connecting rooms is an efficient way to power and mount multiple extenders in a rack.
within the building that houses the control room.
Extron FOXBOXRxHDMI Fiber Optic Receivers convert optical
signals into 1080p HDMI video with embedded audio for the display
devices. PowerCageFOXSRHDMI fiber optic scaling receivers
ensure HDMI video signals are scaled to the proper resolution for the
CODECs. PowerCage FOX Rx HDMI fiber optic receivers provide an
HDMI output for recording presentations and videoconferences.

Lecture Hall/Auditorium
PTZ Cameras
Instructor Lectern
Composite Input
DSC 301 HD
VIDEO AUDIO
L R
DSC 301 HD
FOXBOX
INPUTS REMOTE
FOXBOX
POWER 1 2 3
12V
VGA Input
--A MAX 1 2 3 RS-232
Tx HDMI Tx HDMI
VIDEO RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y HDMI AUDIO OUTPUT Tx Rx G
42" Instructor Confidence Monitors

COMPUTER AUDIO
POWER FOXBOX Tx HDMI Tx Rx POWER FOXBOX Tx HDMI Tx Rx
HDMI Input
12V RS-232 12V RS-232
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX HDMI AUDIO INPUT Tx Rx 1 2 OPTICAL HDMI AUDIO INPUT Tx Rx 1 2 OPTICAL
LINK
LINK

Tx HDMI

12V RS-232
LINK
LINK
Document Camera FOXBOX FOXBOX

Rx HDMI Rx HDMI
12V RS-232 LINK
LINK

POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS
12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO
LINK
LINK
RS-232 REMOTE
LINK
LINK
1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232
OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
PC
12V RS-232
LINK
LINK
STANDBY/ON
PQLS HDMI OPEN/CLOSE FL OFF
USB
Blu-ray Player
POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX
LINK
LINK

Tx HDMI Projector Projector
Annotator 300
100-240VAC --A MAX
3 R/ G/Y B/C 4 VID 5 VIDINPUTS HDSDI/ R/ G/ B/ OUTPUTS MOUSE REMOTE RS-232
1 /Y /Y 7 R-Y Y B-Y
I R-Y VID B-Y O SDI RESET
U DVI
FOXBOX FOXBOX
N
T OUT
P RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y 1 UNIVERSAL 2 HDMI 3 DISPLAYPORT 1 HDMI 2A HDMI 2B USB 1 2 3
U 2 P SIG LINK LAN LAN CONTACT
6 DVI-D U HDBT OVER DTP
USB
RS-232
T 1
Rx HDMI Rx HDMI
T RS-232 IR RESET RS-232
H/HV V R-Y B-Y C H V S 2

RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y
100-240V
/C RGB/R-Y,
DTP Y,DTP
B-YOUT
Tx Rx G Tx Rx
MTP KEYBOARD
50/60.5A
Hz MAX Tx Rx G
50/60Hz

12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
FOXBOX POWER
12V
Tx Rx
HDMI AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
LINK
LINK
1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232
Rx HDMI OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx

Touch
Monitor
Central Equipment Room
Operator Station
To/From
HDMI Input

COMPUTER AUDIO
Lecture Halls,
VGA Input Classrooms,
VIDEO AUDIO
Auditoriums
Composite Input
L R

POWER 1 2 3
INPUTS DSC 301 HD REMOTE
12V
DSC 301 HD
--A MAX 1 2 3 RS-232
VIDEO RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y HDMI AUDIO OUTPUT Tx Rx G
FOXBOX POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
LINK
LINK
Tx HDMI HDMI AUDIO INPUT Tx Rx 1 2 OPTICAL
CONFIG
POWER SUPPLY
PRIMARY
REDUNDANT
FOX MATRIX 14400

FIBER OPTIC DIGITAL MATRIX SWITCHER
FOX Matrix 14400
PowerCage 1600
Power Supply
PowerCage 1600
Power Supply
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage FOX SR HDMI PowerCage 1600
Power Supply
PowerCage 1600
Power Supply
PowerCage
FOX SR HDMI
PowerCage
FOX SR HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Tx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX SR HDMI
PowerCage
FOX SR HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Tx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
PowerCage
FOX Rx HDMI
(4 places)
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
Tx
PowerCage FOX Tx HDMI

RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
RS-232 ALARM
Tx Rx G 1 2
Tx Rx G 1 2
Tx Rx G 1 2
Tx Rx G 1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
OVER FIBER
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
Tx Rx G
Tx Rx G
Tx Rx G
Tx Rx G
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
REMOTE
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
(2 places)
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
Tx Rx
R
R
R
R
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
PowerCage FOX Rx HDMI

AUDIO
AUDIO
L
L
L
C US C US
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUTS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
N15778 N15778
LISTED LISTED
INPUTS
INPUTS
(10 places)
1T23 1T23
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
L.T.E. L.T.E.
HDMI
HDMI
100-240V 50/60Hz 100-240V 50/60Hz

AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
5A MAX. 5A MAX.
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
VIDEO
VIDEO
VIDEO
VIDEO
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDCP
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
HDMI
PowerCage 1600 PowerCage 1600

MGP/WINDOWALL PRO SERIES
REMOTE LAN
INPUTS VIRTUAL INPUTS RESET
1 2 3 4 5 8 11 14 17
RS-232/422
R R R R VID VID VID VID VID
R-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y Y Y Y Y Y
BACKGROUND OUTPUTS
6 9 12 15 18
G/Y H/HV G/Y H/HV G/Y H/HV G/Y H/HV VID VID VID VID VID R/ G/Y B/
VID VID VID VID B-Y B-Y B-Y B-Y B-Y R-Y B-Y
C C C C C
100- 240V -A MAX
7 10 13 16 19
B/C V B/C V B/C V B/C V VID VID VID VID VID H/ V

B-Y B-Y B-Y B-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y HV
HDMI HDMI
50/60 Hz HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI

VC CODEC VC CODEC
MGP 464 Pro DI Recorder

MGP/WINDOWALL PRO SERIES
REMOTE LAN
INPUTS VIRTUAL INPUTS RESET
1 2 3 4 5 8 11 14 17
RS-232/422
R R R R VID VID VID VID VID
R-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y Y Y Y Y Y
BACKGROUND OUTPUTS
6 9 12 15 18
G/Y H/HV G/Y H/HV G/Y H/HV G/Y H/HV VID VID VID VID VID R/ G/Y B/
VID VID VID VID B-Y B-Y B-Y B-Y B-Y R-Y B-Y
Recorder
C C C C C
100- 240V -A MAX
7 10 13 16 19
B/C V B/C V B/C V B/C V VID VID VID VID VID H/ V

B-Y B-Y B-Y B-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y R-Y HV
HDMI HDMI
50/60 Hz HDMI HDMI HDMI HDMI
MGP 464 Pro DI

Operator Monitor Operator Monitor
www.extron.com 59
Knowledge Wall

Display Systems
Four 60-inch (153 cm) displays are mounted to the walls in the main
command area. Eight thin-bezel LCD displays are configured in a
4x2 array to support large screen, multi-image viewing as the central
knowledge wall.

All video sources within the command center include DVI / HDMI
outputs. Computers, CATV / satellite receivers, and videoconferencing
codecs are located within the equipment room. Five additional
computers are located within the command center. Air-to-ground and
traffic camera platforms are remotely located and each provide four
DVI / HDMI feeds for the command center.
Overview
A knowledge wall is the center of aggregated information used for monitoring
and analyzing to make critical decisions related to security, emergency
services providers, law enforcement, and military organizations. Multiple The Extron DMS3600 provides centralized distribution and routing
sources are displayed on the knowledge wall within the command center. The of all video sources to displays located throughout the facility. Four
displayed sources change throughout the day in response to new situations. DMSDVI Matrix Boards provide DVI input and output connections
This fast-paced and mission critical environment typically consists of the main
for local devices within the equipment room. Five DMSFiberMatrix
command area, meeting rooms, and briefing rooms.
Boards provide fiber optic input and output connections. They
support transmission of DVI signals for distances up to 300meters
Needs Assessment (984feet) over one multimode fiber. The modular and hot-swappable
Staffing The command center personnel could include design of the I/O cards and the redundant hot-swappable power
representatives from various agencies or supplies make this matrix switcher ideal for mission-critical
supporting organizations. A large number of
environments like command and control centers or emergency
people constantly monitor incoming video,
notices, and other content. When a situation operations centers.
requires more attention, a team is formed, utilizing
meeting rooms to further analyze the situation Signal Distribution and Extension
and decide on a course of action. Briefing rooms
provide a venue for presenting findings to a Extron DFX100 DVI Fiber Optic Extenders are used to transmit
larger group, or briefing other organizations or high-resolution video between devices throughout the facility and the
individuals. DMS3600 matrix switcher. The DFX100 supports DVI data rates to
Display A videowall, comprised of multiple LCD panels 4.95Gbps providing pixel-for-pixel performance up to 1920x1200,
Requirements and several large displays, is needed in the main including HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K.
command area for monitoring the multitude of
data streams coming into the center. Any source Video Signal Processing
can be switched to one or more displays in the
main command area, office space, meeting The Extron QuantumElite is a flexible, scalable video processor with
rooms, or briefing centers. a variety of input, output, and windowing capabilities. Configured here
Sources and Video feeds may include public broadcasts from to accept up to 12 DVI / HDMI video inputs, it displays the data in a
Connectivity multiple cable TV or satellite receivers, traffic variety of scenarios on the 4x2 panel array.
camera systems, security cameras, air-to-ground
from aircraft or UAV platforms, and other sites The Extron IN1606 Six Input HDCP-Compliant Scaling Presentation
within the theater of operation. Videoconferencing Switcher is installed within the meeting rooms and briefing rooms.
codecs in the equipment room provide a channel
for communication with other sites. Additionally, With four HDMI / DVI inputs, two universal analog video inputs, and
there are computers that provide data to the two HDMI / DVI outputs, it accepts a wide variety of video formats
system from the Internet or other information and scales the output to the optimal resolution for the display.
networks. Laptops or other portable sources may
also be used in the meeting and briefing rooms.

Meeting Rooms (4 places) Briefing Rooms (2 places)
Flat Panel Display
PTZ Camera
HDMI Input HDMI Input
Projector
VGA Input Air to Ground VGA Input
COMPUTER AUDIO
Camera Feeds COMPUTER AUDIO
Extron Extron
IN1606 (4 places) IN1606
Switcher Switcher
100-240V ~ 50/60 Hz INPUTS IN1606 OUTPUTS AUDIO INPUTS OUTPUTS REMOTE Traffic 100-240V ~ 50/60 Hz INPUTS IN1606 OUTPUTS AUDIO INPUTS OUTPUTS REMOTE
Camera Feeds
-- A MAX 1 -- A MAX 1
3 5 A 3 5 A
L 1 R L 3 R L 5 R 1 1 2 LAN L 1 R L 3 R L 5 R 1 1 2 LAN
CONFIGURABLE CONFIGURABLE
+48V MIC/LINE +48V MIC/LINE
2 4 HDMI 6 HDMI B HDMI
L 2 R L 4 R L 6 R 2
VARIABLE
L R RESET RS-232 2 4 HDMI 6 HDMI B HDMI
L 2 R L 4 R L 6 R 2
VARIABLE
L R RESET RS-232
+48V +48V
Tx Rx G Tx Rx G
(4 places)
POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER POWER
Extron Extron
12V DFX 100 Rx 12V DFX 100 Tx 12V DFX 100 Tx 12V DFX 100 Tx 12V DFX 100 Rx 12V DFX 100 Tx
Extron Extron
- - A MAX - - A MAX - - A MAX - - A MAX - - A MAX - - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx DFX 100 Rx

INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT
OUTPUT INPUT DFX 100 Tx INPUT INPUT OUTPUT INPUT DFX 100 Tx
Receiver Transmitter Receiver Transmitter
Extron Extron
DFX 100 Tx DFX 100 Tx
Transmitter Transmitter
Equipment Room
A B C D A B C D
1-4
TMDS TMDS
FIBER FIBER
FAN ASSEMBLY DMS FIBER 44
INPUTS INPUTS
A B C D A B C D
5-8
TMDS TMDS
FIBER FIBER
1 2 3 4
DMS FIBER 44
INPUTS INPUTS
WiFi
A B C D A B C D
9 - 12
TMDS TMDS
PC (6 places)
FIBER FIBER
DMS FIBER 44
INPUTS INPUTS
A B C D A B C D
13- 16
TMDS TMDS
FIBER FIBER
DMS FIBER 44
INPUTS INPUTS
A B C D A B C D
17 - 20
TMDS TMDS
FIBER FIBER
DMS FIBER 44
INPUTS INPUTS
DVI-D INPUTS DVI-D OUTPUTS

21 - 24
PUSH PUSH
POWER GUIDE MENU RES 480 480p 720p 1080i 1080p DIRECTV HD A B C D A B C D
SELECT
DIRECTV
FAN ASSEMBLY
DMS 44 DVI
CATV/Satellite Receiver
25 - 28
A B C D A B C D
(6 places) DVI-D INPUTS DVI-D OUTPUTS

DMS 44 DVI
29- 32
A B C D A B C D
DMS 44 DVI

33 - 36
A B C D A B C D
DMS 44 DVI
LAN
REMOTE
RS232/RS422 ACT LINK RESET

VC CODEC
(2 places)
REDUNDANT
100-240V
50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
Extron
DMS 3600
PRIMARY
100-240V
50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
ANAHEIM, CA
Modular DVI Matrix Switcher
Extron
Quantum Elite
Videowall Processing
System
POWER DATA
QUANTUM ELITE
Extron POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx Extron
DFX 100 Tx OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT DFX 100 Tx
Transmitter INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT Transmitter
Command Center
Extron POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Tx
Extron POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx
Extron POWER
12V
- - A MAX
DFX 100 Rx
Extron
DFX 100 Tx OUTPUT
DFX 100 Rx INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT INPUT
DFX 100 Rx INPUT
DFX 100 Rx
Transmitter INPUT
Receiver OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT
Receiver OUTPUT
Receiver
(5 places) (4 places)
4x2 Videowall
Local PC
(5 places) Flat Panel Display
(4 places)
www.extron.com 61
Courtroom of the Future

Display Systems
ight LCD HDTV displays are required in the jury box to display
E
electronic evidence and other content. Two displays each are
located at the attorney tables to display electronic evidence and for
viewing remote testimonies via the videoconference system. A large
LCD display is located near the judge and witness box for viewing
electronic evidence or a remote witness. A projection system is also
available for displaying electronic evidence. Two large LCD displays
are provided for the gallery.

Laptop connections are provided at the attorney tables. Lectern
Overview equipment includes a PC, document camera, and a DVD/VCR
The Courtroom of the Future relies on a fiber infrastructure to ensure that
combination player for presenting evidence. An Extron Annotator300
future upgrades to the AV system can use the existing cabling. It provides a
model that can be readily adapted to various applications such as municipal, is installed in the equipment room for marking up electronic images.
county, district, or superior courts. The AV system provides a modern means
of presenting and storing evidence so that time required for a court proceeding Switching and Signal Management
is reduced, thus allowing for more cases to be handled without having to
An Extron FOXMatrix3200 Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher
expand physical court facilities. By integrating videoconferencing systems into
the court, remotely located experts can contribute to the case. Additionally, is the heart of the switching and distribution system. All video
videoconference capabilities allow for video arraignment, with defendants held signals are converted to a fiber optic signal using the appropriate
in secure locations. FOXSeries Fiber Optic Transmitter, and routed to an I/O port on the
FOXMatrix3200. Larger courthouses use multiple matrix switchers,
Needs Assessment one for each courtroom, or a larger matrix switcher in a centralized
Staffing The judge and clerk are responsible for managing equipment room. A FOX Series Matrix Switcher can provide up to a
the courtroom. They both need touchpanel displays 320x320 fiber optic matrix. If a larger fiber optic matrix is required, the
with videoconfidence feedback to control and Extron Matrix1K program can accommodate matrix switcher sizes
manage content throughout the proceedings. The
up to 1000x1000 or larger.
clerk may be required to display recorded evidence
from a workstation PC. Either the judge or the
clerk may restrict display of evidence to the jury A FOX DA8 Plus Fiber Optic Distribution Amplifier provides the video
and gallery by muting the video signal to specific signals for the jury box monitors. The FOXDA8Plus and matrix
displays. outputs may be selectively muted to restrict display of evidence to the
Display Displays are required for the jury box so that jury and gallery, while still providing an active video signal to the judge
Requirements each juror may have an unobstructed view of the or clerk displays.
evidence being presented or of testimony from a
witness. The attorney tables have two monitors Signal Distribution and Extension
each: one for displaying evidence and the other
for viewing information from the videoconference Extron FOX Series and FOXBOX Series Fiber Optic Extenders are
system. A projection system may also be used to used extensively to interface sources and displays to the fiber optic
display information.
infrastructure.
Sources and Laptops, PCs, paper documents, and video The Extron FOX USB Extender Plus provides a convenient
Connectivity presentations are the primary content used to connection point for a touch monitor at the lectern or evidence cart,
introduce and show evidence to the judge and/or
jury. Electronic evidence is submitted through the
attorney tables, and witness stand when using the Extron Annotator
evidence cart or lectern, and may require annotation to present evidence. The Annotator is configured so that a different
or markup to highlight specific details. A touch color is used for marking up electronic images based on the location.
monitor for annotating evidence is provided at the
lectern, attorney tables, and witness stand. Different
annotation colors are used at each location.
Special A fiber optic infrastructure and switching system

Requirements is used for the distribution of all video signals. The
use of a fiber optic infrastructure future-proofs
the system, ensuring higher video resolutions
and rates are supported. In a larger courthouse,
switching systems for multiple courtrooms can
be consolidated into a central equipment room to
simplify cabling and reduce costs.

Lectern Witness
POWER
12V
Tx Rx
HDMI AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
FOXBOX
LINK
LINK
Touch OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
Rx HDMI
Monitor
POWER
12V
Tx Rx
1 3 FOX R USB
OUTPUTS
Extender Plus
1.0A MAX
PTZ Camera
2 4
OPTICAL
FOXBOX FOX R USB

Rx HDMI
POWER Tx Rx
1 3
12V
OUTPUTS
Extender Plus
1.0A MAX
2 4
OPTICAL
FOXBOX Touch
POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS
12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
LINK
LINK

12V
Monitor
RS-232
LINK
LINK
OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
Tx HDMI
Attorney
POWER
12V
Tx Rx
HDMI AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
FOXBOX
LINK
LINK
Rx HDMI
HDMI LOOP THRU

AUDIO
50Hz DIGITAL
HDCP
HDMI
EDID MINDER
FOX R USB
CONFIG AUDIO
1 2
60Hz ANALOG FOXBOX Tx HDMI
POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX Extender Plus

PC
LINK
LINK

Tx HDMI
POWER Tx Rx
1 3
12V
OUTPUTS
Touch
1.0A MAX
2 4
Monitor
OPTICAL
POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX Laptop
LINK
LINK

Tx HDMI POWER
12V 1 2 3 INPUTS
Tx Rx FOX T USW 103 REMOTE
FOX T
LINK
LINK
RS-232
0.7 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM CONTACT RS-232
USW 103
RGB/R-Y, Y, B-Y HDMI HDMI AUDIO Tx Rx G 1 2 1 2 3 G Tx Rx G
OPTICAL
Document Camera
FOXBOX
Attorney
12V RS-232
LINK
LINK

Tx HDMI
POWER
12V
Tx Rx
HDMI AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE FOXBOX
LINK
LINK
DVD/VCR
Rx HDMI
Combo
FOX R USB
Extender Plus
Clerk
Touch POWER Tx Rx
1 3
12V
OUTPUTS
1.0A MAX
Monitor
2 4
OPTICAL
HDMI LOOP THRU

Laptop
AUDIO
50Hz DIGITAL
HDCP
HDMI
EDID MINDER
CONFIG AUDIO
1 2
FOXBOX POWER
12V 1 2 3 INPUTS
FOX T
LINK
LINK
RS-232
12V 0.7 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM CONTACT RS-232
PC
RS-232
LINK
LINK
Tx HDMI USW 103

RGB/R-Y, Y, B-Y HDMI HDMI AUDIO Tx Rx G 1 2 1 2 3 G Tx Rx G
OPTICAL
Equipment Room
FOX T USB
Extender Plus
(4 places)
FOXBOX
SR HDMI POWER
12V
1.0A MAX
Tx Rx
INPUT
Tx Rx OUTPUTS HOST OPTICAL
POWER
HDMI AUDIO
LINK
LINK
12V AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE

1.0 A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM POWER Tx Rx
RS-232
INPUTS 12V
1.0A MAX
INPUT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HOST OPTICAL
POWER Tx Rx POWER Tx Rx
12V 12V
1.0A MAX 1.0A MAX
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
INPUT
INPUT
HOST OPTICAL HOST OPTICAL
Tx Rx OUTPUTS
POWER
HDMI AUDIO
LINK
LINK
12V AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CONTROL
FOXBOX
FOXBOX
CONFIG ENTER PRESET VIEW ESC
Tx HDMI 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
SR HDMI
PRIMARY
POWER FOXBOX Tx HDMI Tx Rx REDUNDANT

12V RS-232 OUTPUTS
LINK
LINK

POWER SUPPLY
ACTIVITY
FOX MATRIX 3200

FIBER OPTIC DIGITAL MATRIX SWITCHER
USB HUB4 AAP
USB HUB4 AAP

VC CODEC FOX Matrix 3200
POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS 100-240VAC --A MAX

12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE INPUTS OUTPUTS REMOTE
LINK
LINK

1 UNIVERSAL 2 HDMI 3 DISPLAYPORT 1 HDMI 2A HDMI 2B USB 1 2 3
SIG LINK LAN CONTACT
FOXBOX
HDBT OVER DTP
1
RS-232 IR RESET RS-232
2
DTP DTP OUT
Rx HDMI
50/60 Hz Tx Rx G Tx Rx Tx Rx G
Annotator 300
POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX
LINK
LINK

Tx HDMI
FOX DA8 Plus
100-240V 0.3A
50/60 Hz
FOX DA8 Plus
OPTICAL OUTPUTS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUT IN OUT N/A OUT IN OUT N/A OUT IN OUT N/A OUT IN OUT N/A
(1)1x8
(2)1x4
(4)1x2
N15779
RS-232
A B C D Tx Rx
POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS POWER Tx Rx OUTPUTS
12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE 12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO RS-232 REMOTE
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232 1.0A MAX ON L R OVER FIBER ALARM RS-232
OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX FOXBOX

Rx HDMI Rx HDMI Rx HDMI Rx HDMI Rx HDMI Rx HDMI
(2 places) (2 places) (2 places) (8 places)
2 Attorney Monitors 2 Attorney Monitors 8 Jury Monitors

Flat Panel Display 2 Flat Panel Displays Projector
Judge and Witness Gallery Main Projector Attorney Attorney Jury
www.extron.com 63
Divisible Auditorium and Amphitheater

Display Systems
Two projectors mounted behind the stage display the main video
content. The two 103-inch (262cm) flat panel displays are mounted
on either side of the stage, and typically are used to display images
from the selected camera position. Two 55-inch (140cm) LCD
confidence monitors are provided for each side of the auditorium.

Two movable lecterns include HDMI and VGA inputs for connecting
a laptop or other device. An Extron FOXTUSW103 Three Input
Switcher with Integrated Fiber Optic Transmitter for HDMI, VGA,
Audio, and RS-232 with auto-switching between inputs allows
simple, unmanaged operation. An Extron Annotator 300 is installed
Overview in each lectern for marking up electronic images. Six fixed camera
This Divisible Auditorium and Amphitheater is a large multi-purpose room positions include professional grade cameras with 3G-SDI outputs.
located in a hotel or convention center with 500 to 1,000 seats. It can be Each camera includes a pan, tilt, and zoom PTZ capability, and is
partitioned as two auditoriums side A and side B, each with a control room operated by control room staff.
and an equal number of seats. The venue is used for a variety of events such
as training classes, seminars, meetings, or awards ceremonies.
The Extron FOX Matrix 3200 32x32 Fiber Optic Matrix Switchers
Needs Assessment provide signal routing between sources, displays, and production
Staffing A control room is staffed with experienced mixers and switchers. The matrix switchers accept HDMI, 3G-SDI,
personnel to operate a professional video mixer
and switcher, control camera positioning, and and VGA signals from the lectern and camera positions. Fiber optic
record live events. Presenters are responsible for cabling between control rooms enables sharing AV signals for a single
operating any connected external equipment, point of control when using the combined space.
such as a laptop, and managing the content on
the rooms displays. FOXBOX RxHDMI fiber optic extenders provide conversion
Display The room includes two main projection systems, between fiber optic signals and HDMIl signals for the production
Requirements two flat panel displays, and two LCD confidence mixer and switcher. A FOX I/O 88 HD-SDI I/O Board in the
monitors. When configured as a single room, FOX Matrix 3200 provides local connectivity of 3G-SDI signals.
content can be shown on any display from
any connected source. When configured as
two separate spaces, the equipment on each Signal Distribution and Extension
side of the auditorium operates independently. A total cost of ownership analysis indicates that fiber optic cabling
Displays are used for live broadcast of the event, provides the lowest cost option over the life of the system and
presentation content, or video sources connected
to the system. ensures support of future video standards. Existing floor boxes are
fitted with fiber optic connections to the rooms AV signal distribution
Sources and Up to two movable lecterns enable presenters system. An OM4 laser-optimized fiber optic cable infrastructure
Connectivity to use a connected laptop or other equipment
during events. The auditorium includes six transports video signals to and from the equipment room over long
professional 3G-SDI cameras, three on each distances and through narrow conduit. Extra cable, known as dark
side of the divisible room. Cameras are mounted fiber, is also installed to support future upgrades.
around the room to provide views of the stage
and audience from different angles. All video Extron FOX3GHD-SDI Fiber Optic Transceivers and
sources provide 1080p video resolution.
FOXBOX Tx HDMI transmitters send the 3G-SDI signals from the
A professional-style control room includes
a production mixer and switcher for signal cameras and HDMI signals from the Annotators to the control room.
management and processing for broadcast-style The transceivers support rate up to 2.97Gbps to deliver 1080p
monitoring and recording equipment. resolution with pixel-for-pixel performance. They also receive fiber
Special The application requires long cable runs between optic signals from the control room to provide 3G-SDI signals to the
Requirements camera positions, displays, floor boxes, and the flat panel displays, and projectors.
equipment room. Conduit space is limited, and
there is a strong desire to minimize the need for Video Signal Processing
costly reconstruction. The system design should
also consider the total cost of ownership over Extron DVC 501 SD 3G-SDI to DVI and RGB / Component
the life of the equipment, the upgrade of source Converters accept 3G-SDI signals from the FOX 3G HD-SDI
and display devices, and the ability of the cable extenders and provide electrical DVI/HDMI video signals to the
infrastructure to support future video standards.
Annotators.
Auditorium/Amphitheater
Side A Side B
1 2 3 4
POWER POWER
Cameras
OPTICAL OPTICAL
12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX ON
4 3 2 1 0.3A MAX ON
Cameras
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN

1 2 3 4
12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX ON 4 3 2 1 0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN

1 2 3 4
12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX ON
4 3 2 1 0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN
55" LCD Confidence Monitors 55" LCD Confidence Monitors

12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN
3G-SDI
BUFFERED OUTPUTS BUFFERED OUTPUTS
3G-SD
Tx Rx Tx Rx

FOX 3G HD-SDI
FOX 3G HD-SDI
12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN
BUFFERED OUTPUTS
3G-SDI 3G-SDI
Tx Rx Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
FOX 3G HD-SDI
FOX 3G HD-SDI POWER
12V MODE
FOX 3G HD-SDI
OPTICAL
Projector Projector
FOX 3G HD-SDI 0.3A MAX ON
POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE 1 2
3G-SDI
0.3A MAX ON HD/SDI IN
1 2
Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
1 2
3G-SDI
1 2
HD/SDI IN
Side A Flat Panel Display Side B Flat Panel Display

FOX 3G HD-SDI
FOX 3G HD-SDI POWER OPTICAL
POWER OPTICAL 12V
12V MODE
MODE 0.3A MAX ON
0.3A MAX ON
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2 HD/SDI IN
HD/SDI IN Tx Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
3G-SDI 3G-SDI
Lectern Lectern
FOX T USW 103 POWER
12V 1 2 3 INPUTS
FOX T USW 103 POWER
12V 1 2 3 INPUTS
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
RS-232 RS-232
0.7 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM CONTACT RS-232 0.7 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM CONTACT RS-232
VGA Input RGB/R-Y, Y, B-Y HDMI HDMI AUDIO

OPTICAL Tx Rx G 1 2 1 2 3 G Tx Rx G
VGA Input RGB/R-Y, Y, B-Y HDMI HDMI AUDIO
OPTICAL Tx Rx G 1 2 1 2 3 G Tx Rx G
COMPUTER AUDIO COMPUTER AUDIO
HDMI Input HDMI Input

FOXBOX POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK

Annotator 300 Annotator 300

100-240VAC --A MAX
1 UNIVERSAL 2
INPUTS
HDMI 3 DISPLAYPORT 1 HDMI 2A HDMI

OUTPUTS
2B USB
REMOTE
1 2 3
Touch Monitor 100-240VAC --A MAX
1 UNIVERSAL 2
INPUTS
HDMI 3 DISPLAYPORT 1 HDMI 2A HDMI

OUTPUTS
2B USB
REMOTE
1 2 3
Touch Monitor
SIG LINK LAN CONTACT SIG LINK LAN CONTACT
HDBT OVER DTP HDBT OVER DTP
1 1
RS-232 IR RESET RS-232 RS-232 IR RESET RS-232
2 2
DTP DTP OUT DTP DTP OUT
50/60 Hz Tx Rx G Tx Rx Tx Rx G 50/60 Hz Tx Rx G Tx Rx Tx Rx G
DVC 501 SD DVC 501 SD

100-240V ~ 0.5A MAX 100-240V ~ 0.5A MAX
INPUT OUTPUT INPUT OUTPUT
AUDIO AUDIO
FOX 3G FOX 3G
BUFFERED BUFFERED
SDI / HD-SDI LOOP-THROUGH DVI-D RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y
L R
FOX 3G HD-SDI SDI / HD-SDI LOOP-THROUGH DVI-D RGB/R-Y,Y,B-Y
L R
FOX 3G HD-SDI
RS-232 RS-232
12V MODE 12V MODE
0.3A MAX 0.3A MAX
HD-SDI
50/60 Hz N/A Tx Rx
ON 50/60 Hz N/A Tx Rx
ON
HD-SDI
1 2
1 2 1 2
1 2
HD/SDI IN HD/SDI IN
Control Room A Control Room B
INPUTS INPUTS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CONTROL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CONTROL
CONFIG ENTER PRESET VIEW ESC CONFIG ENTER PRESET VIEW ESC
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 PRIMARY 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 PRIMARY
REDUNDANT REDUNDANT
OUTPUTS OUTPUTS
POWER SUPPLY POWER SUPPLY
FOX MATRIX 3200 FOX MATRIX 3200

FIBER OPTIC DIGITAL MATRIX SWITCHER FIBER OPTIC DIGITAL MATRIX SWITCHER

LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
FOXBOX FOXBOX
Rx HDMI Rx HDMI
3G-SDI 3G-SDI
HDMI HDMI
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
FOXBOX FOXBOX
Rx HDMI HDMI Rx HDMI HDMI
Production Mixer/Switcher Production Mixer/Switcher
www.extron.com 65
Extron Product Solutions
Extron 4K Solutions
High-Performance Video Solutions for 4K and Ultra HD Video
The next challenge facing system designers is figuring out how to implement AV systems that support
4K now, and emerging formats tomorrow. Extron is ready with service, support, and solutions to meet
your 4K requirements and beyond. Extron 4K video solutions provide high-performance signal extension,
routing, and distribution systems for 4K digital video signals. Whether designing for simulation, defense,
medical, theater, themed attraction, or other applications, Extron delivers service, support, and the right solution to ensure your project is a
success.
For assistance designing your 4K AV system, please contact your local Extron Customer Support representative. An Extron Applications
Engineer will be assigned to your project and will work with you to ensure your complete satisfaction.
Extron Products Support 4K

Extron provides a wide variety of 4K ready product solutions, including videowall processors, streaming encoders and decoders, media players,
and fiber optic and twisted pair signal switching and distribution products. Look for the 4K logo.
Support 4K, UHD, DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, and 3G-SDI video

Twisted pair, fiber optic, signal processing, streaming, and playback solutions available
DTP CrossPoint 4K Series supports 4K and UHD signals at all inputs and HDMI outputs
XTP CrossPoint matrix frames , boards, and extenders support resolutions up to 4K
HDMI audio embedding and de-embedding while supporting computer and video resolutions up to 4K
Quantum videowall processors support a variety of 4K applications
VN-Matrix 250 systems stream 4K content with visually lossless quality and minimal latency
Configure JMP 9600 2K media players into 4K content playback systems
FOX Series extenders transmit 4K and UHD signals very long distances over fiber optic cabling
FOX Series matrix switchers enable end-to-end 4K video distribution systems in I/O sizes from 8x8 to 1000x1000 and larger
JI
Extron JITC-Certified Product Offerings
Most Extensive Offering of JITC-Certified AV Products in the Industry
Extron offers the most extensive number of AV signal switching, distribution, and processing products
certified by the Joint Interoperability Test Command JITC for use in a wide range of government
installations. Extron matrix switchers, switchers, distribution amplifiers, extenders, video scalers, and control
processors across the FOX, XTP, DTP, IPCP Pro, and signal processing product lines are listed on the
DoDs Unified Capabilities Approved Products List UC APL. CER
FOX Series products are the most complete line of Fiber Optic Products for end-to-end AV signal distribution over a fiber
optic infrastructure
XTP Systems is the only AV technology platform that provides infrastructure for an 8K future, supporting local connectivity and
extended transmission of AV and control over CATx and fiber optic cable
The DTP Systems product family is the AV industrys most comprehensive 4K integration platform for small to mid-sized systems, providing AV signal
switching, distribution, processing, and control
Video Scalers and Signal Processors include all-in-one integration solutions, single and multiinput scalers, cross conversion scalers, multi-format presentation
switchers, and annotators
Extron Vector 4K scaling engine embodies several Extron-patented technologies, and delivers uncompromising upscaling and downscaling performance
IPCP Pro control processors provide a hardened interface to ensure secure communications between the control system and the AV equipment

Extron Fiber Optic Product Solutions
Extron manufactures a complete family of products designed for all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel-for-pixel transmission
the integration of AV systems over a fiber optic cable infrastructure. of high resolution images. Extron fiber optic products are available
Extron Fiber Optic Products include extenders for transmitting and for multimode fiber applications for sending and distributing fiber
receiving video, audio, and control signals or USB over fiber optic optic AV signals over short to medium distances within a building,
cabling. Formats and resolutions include DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, and also for singlemode fiber applications for long haul transmission
3G-SDI, RGB, HD/SDcomponent, S-video, and composite signals. requirements between buildings, throughout a stadium, or between
For switching and distributing fiber optic signals, Extron offers a corporate or university campuses.
lineup of switchers, distribution amplifiers, and matrix switchers.
Extron fiber optic products are ideal for a wide range of application For continuous, optimum reliability in the most demanding
requirements, from simple, point-to-point signal transmission, to environments, a fiber optic AV system equipped by Extron offers
large-scale signal distribution with matrix switching capacity from several monitoring and diagnostic features with the capability to
8x8 up to 1000x1000, and larger. trigger alerts in the event of a lost fiber link. Extron fiber optic matrix
switchers feature hot-swappable I/O boards and redundant power
All Extron Fiber Optic Products are engineered for reliability and supplies, plus dual AC power connectivity to ensure uninterrupted
exceptional high resolution image performance. They use Extron operation in mission-critical applications.
Extenders Matrix Switchers
Audio and Control Products Cables & Accessories
Distribution
Amplifiers and Switchers
www.extron.com 67
Extenders
FOX II DP 4K
Fiber Optic Extender for DisplayPort, Multi-Channel Audio, RS-232, and IR
The Extron FOXIIDP4K Fiber Optic Extender FEATURES:
provides long haul extension of DisplayPort Extends DisplayPort video, multichannel audio,
video, multichannel audio, RS232 control, RS232 control, and IR control signals over fiber
and IR control signals over fiber optic cabling. optic cabling
Engineered with uncompromising quality Supports lossless 4K video up to 4096x2160 at
and proven performance, it uses Extron 30Hz with a 4:4:4 color space over one fiber
alldigital technology to deliver lossless Vertical sync lock enables lossless 4K video FOX II T DP 4K
DisplayPort video signals at resolutions transmission up to 4096x2160 at 60Hz with a
up to 4096x2160. This HDCPcompliant 4:4:4 color space using two transmitters
transmitter and receiver set brings new HDCP compliant
features to the FOXIISeries, including Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
support for 4K video and Type2 dualmode compliance for quick, reliable switching
DisplayPort outputs. The FOXIIDP4K also EDID Minder automatically manages EDID
includes many integratorfriendly features communication between connected devices
such as KeyMinder, EDIDMinder, audio Type2 dualmode DisplayPort for interoperability
embedding, audio gain and attenuation, along with HDMI, DVI, or VGA devices
FOX II R DP 4K
with realtime system monitoring. Buffered DisplayPort input loopthrough
Audio return channel
Bidirectional RS232 and IR signal transmission
over fiber optic cabling for AV device control
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX II T DP 4K MM DP Transmitter - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1462-11
FOX II T DP 4K SM DP Transmitter -Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1462-12
FOX II R DP 4K MM DP Receiver - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1462-21
FOX II R DP 4K SM DP Receiver - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1462-22
FOX II T HD 4K
Fiber Optic Transmitter for HDMI, Multi-Channel Audio, RS-232, and IR
The Extron FOXIITHD4K Fiber Optic FEATURES:
Transmitter provides long haul extension of Transmits HDMI video, multichannel audio,
HDMI video, multichannel audio, RS232 RS232 control, and IR control signals over fiber
control, and IR control signals over fiber optic optic cabling
cabling. This HDCP-compliant transmitter Supports lossless 4K video up to 4096x2160 at
brings new features to the FOXIISeries. 30Hz with a 4:4:4 color space over one fiber
Engineered with uncompromising quality and Vertical sync lock enables lossless 4K video
proven performance, it uses Extron alldigital transmission up to 4096x2160 at 60Hz with a
technology to deliver lossless HDMI video 4:4:4 color space using two transmitters
signals at resolutions up to 4096x2160. The HDCP compliant
transmitter also includes many integrator- KeyMinder continuously verifies HDCP
friendly features such as KeyMinder, compliance for quick, reliable switching
EDIDMinder, input loop-through for a EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
local monitor, audio embedding, audio gain communication between connected devices
and attenuation, an internal test pattern, as Buffered HDMI input loopthrough
well as realtime system monitoring. The Audio return channel
FOXIITHD4K represents the highest level of Bidirectional RS232 and IR signal transmission
performance for the extensive FOXSeries of over fiber optic cabling for AV device control
fiber optic products from Extron. JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX II T HD 4K MM HDMI Transmitter - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1351-11
FOX II T HD 4K SM HDMI Transmitter - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . 60-1351-12

Extenders
FOX T USW 103

Three Input Switcher with Integrated Fiber Optic Transmitter for HDMI, VGA,
Audio, & RS-232
The Extron FOX T USW 103 is a three FEATURES:
input switcher with an integrated fiber optic Transmits HDMI or analog video, stereo audio,
transmitter that provides long haul transmission and RS-232 signals very long distances over
of HDCP-compliant HDMI, RGBHV, or HD fiber optic cabling
component video, stereo audio, and RS-232 All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
signals over fiber optic cabling. Engineered for performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
exceptional high resolution image performance, including HDTV 1080p/60
it uses Extron all-digital technology to deliver Digital conversion of analog video and audio
perfect pixel-for-pixel transmission of images input signals
up to 1920x1200, including HDTV 1080p/60. Auto-switching between inputs
Designed specifically for AV systems, the HDCP compliant
transmitter is equipped with many integrator- Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
friendly features such as EDIDMinder, compliance for quick, reliable switching
KeyMinder, audio embedding, audio gain EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
and attenuation, auto-input switching, and communication between connected devices
real-time system monitoring. These features JITC Certified
and the compact, low profile enclosure of the
FOXTUSW103 allow for discreet installation
in a wide variety of applications.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX T USW 103 MM Three-Input Transmitter - Multimode . . . . . . . 60-1229-11
FOX T USW 103 SM Three-Input Transmitter - Singlemode . . . . . . 60-1229-12
FOX T USW 203

Three Input Switcher with Buffered HDMI Output and Integrated Fiber Optic
Transmitter for HDMI, VGA, Audio, & RS-232
The Extron FOX T USW 203 is a three input FEATURES:
switcher with a buffered HDMI output and Transmits HDMI or analog video, stereo audio,
integrated fiber optic transmitter that provides and RS-232 signals very long distances over
long haul transmission of HDCP-compliant fiber optic cabling
HDMI, RGBHV, or HD component video, All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
stereo audio, and RS-232 signals over fiber performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
optic cabling. Engineered for exceptional high including HDTV 1080p/60
resolution image performance, it uses Extron Digital conversion of analog video and audio
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel-for- input signals
pixel transmission of images up to 1920x1200, Buffered HDMI output enables local display of
including HDTV 1080p/60. Designed the selected input
specifically for AV systems, the transmitter Buffered VGA input loop-through
includes many integrator-friendly features Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
such as a buffered HDMI output, a VGA input compliance for quick, reliable switching
loop-through, EDIDMinder, KeyMinder, EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
audio embedding, audio gain and attenuation, communication between connected devices
auto-input switching, and real-time system JITC Certified
monitoring.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX T USW 203 MM Three-Input Transmitter - Multimode . . . . . . . 60-1230-11
FOX T USW 203 SM Three-Input Transmitter - Singlemode . . . . . . 60-1230-12
www.extron.com 69
Extenders
FOX T UWP 302

Two Input Fiber Optic Transmitter - Decora Wallplate
The Extron FOX T UWP 302 is a two input fiber FEATURES:
optic transmitter for long haul transmission Transmits HDMI or analog video and stereo
of HDCP-compliant HDMI, RGBHV, or HD audio signals very long distances over fiber optic
component video and analog stereo audio cabling
signals over fiber optic cabling. Engineered All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
for exceptional image performance, this performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
Decora-style wallplate uses Extron all-digital including HDTV 1080p/60
technology to provide perfect pixel-for-pixel Digital conversion of analog video and audio
transmission of images up to 1920x1200, input signals
including HDTV 1080p/60. Analog signals are Auto-switching between inputs
digitized to ensure high quality transmission HDCP compliant
to the output destination. The transmitter also Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
provides many integrator-friendly features, compliance for quick, reliable switching
such as EDIDMinder, KeyMinder, audio EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
embedding, audio gain and attenuation control, communication between connected devices
and auto-input switching. The FOXTUWP302 Audio embedding
occupies a three-gang space, and is available LED indicators for signal presence, HDCP,
in multimode and singlemode models. and power
JITC Certified
Mounts in an included three-gang Decora-style
wallplate
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX T UWP 302 MM Multimode - Wallplate Transmitter Black . . . . . 60-1232-11
FOX T UWP 302 SM Singlemode - Wallplate Transmitter Black . . . . 60-1232-12
FOX T UWP 302 MM Multimode - Wallplate Transmitter White . . . . . 60-1232-13
FOX T UWP 302 SM Singlemode - Wallplate Transmitter White . . . . 60-1232-14
FOXBOX HDMI
Fiber Optic Extender for HDMI, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron FOXBOX HDMI Fiber Optic SERIES FEATURES:
Extender is a transmitter and receiver set for Extends HDMI video, stereo audio, and RS-232
long haul transmission of HDCP-compliant control signals very long distances over fiber
HDMI video, stereo audio, and RS-232 control optic cabling
signals over fiber optic cabling. Engineered for HDCP compliant
reliability and exceptional image performance, All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel FOXBOX Tx HDMI
it uses Extron all-digital technology to deliver performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
perfect pixel-for-pixel transmission of HDMI including HDTV 1080p/60
video images up to WUXGA 1920x1200 Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
resolution, including HDTV 1080p/60. Designed environments
specifically for AV systems, the FOXBOXHDMI Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
also includes many integrator-friendly features compliance for quick, reliable switching
such as KeyMinder, EDIDMinder, AutoInput EDID Minder automatically manages EDID FOXBOX Rx HDMI
Memory, RS-232 control from multiple communication between connected devices
locations, internal test patterns, and real-time HDMI audio de-embedding with analog stereo
system monitoring. Compact, low profile outputs
enclosures allow for discreet installation. JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOXBOX Tx HDMI MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1174-11
FOXBOX Rx HDMI MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1174-21
FOXBOX Tx HDMI SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1174-12
FOXBOX Rx HDMI SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1174-22

Extenders
FOXBOX SR HDMI
Fiber Optic Scaling Receiver for HDMI, Audio, and RS-232The Extron FOXBOX
SR HDMI Fiber Optic Extender is a scaling FEATURES:
receiver for long haul transmission of HDCP- Accepts fiber optic signals from FOXSeries
compliant HDMI, audio, and RS-232 control transmitters and provides scaled HDMI video,
signals over fiber optic cabling. Engineered for stereo audio, and RS232 control signals
exceptional high resolution image performance, High performance scaler provides selectable
it uses Extron all-digital technology to deliver output resolutions up to 1920x1200, including
perfect pixel-for-pixel HDMI computer-video HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K
images up to WUXGA 1920x1200, including HDCP compliant
HDTV 1080p/60. Designed specifically for Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
AV systems, the FOXBOXSRHDMI includes compliance for quick, reliable switching
many integrator-friendly features such as HDMI, DVI, RGB, and HD component video
KeyMinder, audio de-embedding, Auto Input upscaling and downscaling
Memory, and internal test patterns. A compact, HDMI audio de-embedding with analog stereo
low profile enclosure allows for discreet outputs
installation behind a flat-panel display. Compatible with Extron FOXSeries HDMI,
DVIPlus, DVI, VGA, and VGA/YUV transmitters
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOXBOX SR HDMI MM Scaling Receiver - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . 60-1187-21
FOXBOX SR HDMI SM Scaling Receiver - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . 60-1187-22
Extron
Extron
FOXBOX Tx HDMI FOXBOX SR HDMI
Fiber Optic Transmitter Fiber Optic Scaling Receiver
12V RS-232 Tx Rx OUTPUTS
LINK
LINK
1.0 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM POWER

12V
LINK HDMI AUDIO AUDIO
LINK
RS-232 REMOTE
Tx Rx 1 2
HDMI INPUT AUDIO INPUT OPTICAL
Blu-ray Player
1080p
Extron
FOX Matrix 3200
Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher
1-8
A B C D E F G H
ANAHEIM, CA
9 - 16
A B C D E F G H

17 - 24
A B C D E F G H

25 - 32
Extron A B C D E F G H
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus

Tx Rx
AUDIO
100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX.

LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
DVI
Flat Panel Display

RESET
CONFIG
RS-232/RS-422
REDUNDANT

REMOTE
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus
with Speakers
OPTICAL
TRI-LEVEL BI-LEVEL
POWER
1080p HDMI
LINK
PRIMARY

LAN
ACT
SWITCH
100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX.
REFERENCE
Extron
Laptop
FOXBOX SR HDMI
1280 x 800 Fiber Optic Scaling Receiver
Tx Rx OUTPUTS
POWER
12V HDMI AUDIO AUDIO
LINK
LINK
RS-232 REMOTE

12V RS-232 OPTICAL FOXBOX SR HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx
LINK
LINK
Extron
HDMI LOOP THRU

AUDIO
50Hz DIGITAL
HDCP
HDMI
EDID MINDER
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
CONFIG AUDIO
1 2
Projector
720p HDMI
MPA 152 Plus Extron
OUTPUTS
MPA 152 Plus

8 / 4
CLASS 2
Tx Rx INPUTS WIRING
POWER L R
Power
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
RGB/
12V
YUV
0.7A MAX
REMOTE
CONFIG
PC Extron FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV OPTICAL L R L R V

10V
C G
50mA
Amplifier
1440 x 900 FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV
POWER RGB/YUV INPUT
12V AUDIO RS-232
Fiber Optic Transmitter FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV Tx Rx 1 2
Blu-ray Player Extron

1080i SM 3
Full-Range
Speakers
www.extron.com 71
Extenders
FOXBOX DVI Plus

Fiber Optic Extender for DVI, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron FOXBOX DVI Plus Fiber Optic SERIES FEATURES:
Extender is a transmitter and receiver set for Extends single link DVI-D, stereo audio, and
long haul transmission of DVI, audio, and RS-232 control signals very long distances over
RS-232 control signals over a single fiber. a single fiber
Engineered for reliability and exceptional high All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
resolution image performance, it uses Extron performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel- including HDTV 1080p/60
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Transmitter
for-pixel transmission of DVI computer-video Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
images up to 1920x1200 resolution, including environments
HDTV 1080p/60. Designed specifically for AV EDID Emulation provides selectable resolutions
systems, the FOXBOXDVIPlus includes many and refresh rates to ensure reliable operation
integrator-friendly features such as an EDID Daisy-chain capability
emulation mode, Auto Input Memory, RS-232 Real-time status LED indicators for
control from multiple locations, internal test troubleshooting and monitoring
patterns, and real-time system monitoring. Alarm notification for fiber link loss
Compact, low profile enclosures allow for Auto Input Memory FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Receiver
discreet installation behind a display, and JITC Certified
multiple receivers can be daisy-chained.
1" (2.5 cm) high, quarter rack width metal
enclosures
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1060-11
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1060-21
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1060-12
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1060-22
FOXBOX VGA Series

Fiber Optic Extenders for VGA, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron FOXBOX VGA Series Fiber Optic SERIES FEATURES:
Extendersare transmitter and receiver sets Extends VGA or HD component video, stereo
for long haul transmission of high resolution audio, and RS-232 control signals very long
VGA or HDcomponent video, audio, and distances over a single fiber
RS-232 control signals over a single fiber. All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
Engineered for reliability and exceptional performance with signals up to 1600x1200,
high resolution image performance, they use including HDTV 1080p/60 FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV Transmitter
Extron all-digital technology to deliver perfect Daisy-chain capability
pixel-for-pixel transmission of computer-video Real-time status LED indicators for
images up to UXGA 1600x1200 resolution. troubleshooting and monitoring
Designed specifically for AV systems, the Alarm notification for fiber link loss
extenders include many integrator-friendly Auto Input Memory
features such as image adjustments and RS-232 control at transmitter and receiver
calibration, audio gain and attenuation, Auto JITC Certified
Input Memory, RS-232 control, and real-time 1" (2.5 cm) high, quarter rack width metal
system monitoring. The compact, low profile enclosures FOXBOX Rx VGA Receiver
enclosures of the FOXBOXVGASeries allow
for discreet installation, and multiple receivers
can be daisy-chained.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOXBOX Rx VGA SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-934-22
FOXBOX Rx VGA MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-934-21
FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1058-12
FOXBOX Tx VGA/YUV MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1058-11

Extenders
FOX 3G HD-SDI
Fiber Optic Extender for 3G-SDI
The Extron FOX3GHD-SDI Fiber Optic FEATURES:
Extender enables long haul transmission of Extends 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and SDI signals very
3G-SDI video, with embedded audio and long distances over a single fiber
metadata, over a single fiber. Engineered Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
for reliability and exceptional high resolution environments FOX 3G HD-SDI
image performance, it uses Extron all- Input equalization and reclocking on buffered
digital technology to transmit signals up to outputs
2.97Gbps including 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and Immunity to pathological signal patterns -
SDI. To optimize SDI signal transmission to and FOX3GHD-SDIPSM
from the FOX3GHD-SDI, input signals are Dual buffered outputs
automatically equalized and output signals are Daisy-chain capability
reclocked. The FOX3GHD-SDI can function Real-time status LED indicators for
as a transmitter and a receiver in various user- troubleshooting and monitoring
configurable modes. It is ideally suited for use JITC Certified
in digital signage, broadcast and production,
rental and staging, and medical applications.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX 3G HD-SDI MM Multimode, Qty. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-900-01
FOX 3G HD-SDI SM Singlemode, Qty. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-901-01
FOX 3G HD-SDI P SM Singlemode, Pathological Comp., Qty. 1 . . . 60-1056-02
FOX AV
Fiber Optic Extender for Video, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron FOX AV Fiber Optic Extender is FEATURES:
a transmitter and receiver set for long haul Extends standard definition video, stereo audio,
transmission of standard definition video, and RS-232 control signals very long distances
audio, and RS-232 control signals over a over a single fiber
single fiber. Engineered for reliability and Accepts component video, S-video, and
exceptional video performance, it uses Extron composite video signals
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel- FOX Tx AV Transmitter
All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
for-pixel transmission of video signals including performance
component video, S-video, and composite Auto Input Format Detection
video. Designed specifically for AV systems, Picture and audio adjustments
the FOXAV includes many integrator-friendly Internal transcoding with selectable output
features such as auto input format detection, format
picture and audio adjustments, daisy-chain Daisy-chain capability
capability, RS-232 control, and real-time Available as an 850nm multimode model for
system monitoring. moderate-range transmissions up to 2km
(1.25miles) and a 1310nm singlemode model
for extreme distances up to 30km (18.75miles)
FOX Rx AV Receiver
RS-232 control
Real-time status LED indicators for
troubleshooting and monitoring
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX Tx AV MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-941-11
FOX Rx AV MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-941-21
FOX Tx AV SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-941-12
FOX Rx AV SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-941-22
www.extron.com 73
Extenders
FOX USB Extender Plus

Fiber Optic Extender for USB Peripherals
The Extron FOXUSBExtenderPlus is a FEATURES:
fiber optic transmitter and receiver set for Extends USB peripherals very long distances
long haul transmission of USB signals over over fiber optic cabling
fiber optic cabling. Engineered for reliability Supports USB3.0, 2.0, 1.1, and 1.0 devices
and exceptional performance, it uses Extron with data transfer rates up to 480Mbps
alldigital technology to deliver a perfect Receiver features an integrated four-port hub FOX USB Extender Plus Tx MM Transmitter
signal. This fiber optic extender is compatible with 5Volts, 500mA available on each port
with USB3.0, 2.0, 1.1, and 1.0 devices Peripheral emulation
with transfer data rates up to 480Mbps. Real-time status LED indicators for
Designed specifically for AV systems, the troubleshooting and monitoring
FOXUSBExtenderPlus includes many Compatible with Extron FOXMatrix Switchers
integrator friendly features such as peripheral for signal distribution systems up to 1000x1000
emulation, an active fourport hub that supplies and larger
5Volts, 500mA per port, and realtime system JITC Certified
monitoring. Compact, lowprofile enclosures
allow for discreet installation. FOX USB Extender Plus Rx MM Receiver
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX T USB Extender Plus MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1474-11
FOX R USB Extender Plus MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1474-21
FOX T USB Extender Plus SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . 60-1474-12
FOX R USB Extender Plus SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1474-22
Extron
1 INPUTS OUTPUTS
FOX T USW 203
2
FOX T USW 203

HDMI Tx Rx
POWER RGB/R-Y, Y, B-Y REMOTE
12V AUDIO
LINK
LINK
RS-232
0.8A MAX 3 HDMI OVER FIBER ALARM CONTACT RS-232
LOOP-THRU OPTICAL Tx Rx G 1 2 1 2 3 G Tx Rx G
Fiber Optic Switcher
Extron
PC
POWER
12V
Tx Rx
HDMI AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO
FOXBOX SR HDMI
LINK
LINK
RS-232 REMOTE
Extron OPTICAL FOXBOX SR HDMI OFF HDMI Tx Rx 1 2 Tx Rx

Fiber Optic Scaling Receiver
POWER Tx Rx
12V
1.0A MAX
INPUT
HOST OPTICAL
for USB Peripherals
1-8
A B C D E F G H
ANAHEIM, CA
Tx Rx
9 - 16
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
TEMP
OVER
DVI
CONFIG A B C D E F G H
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus

Extron OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN
17 - 24
OPTICAL
FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus

POWER
12V A B C D E F G H
DVI-D INPUT AUDIO RS-232
25 - 32

Fiber Optic Transmitter A B C D E F G H
RESET
RS-232/RS-422
REDUNDANT
REMOTE
TRI-LEVEL BI-LEVEL
LINK
PRIMARY
PC
LAN
ACT
Extron
SWITCH
100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX.
REFERENCE
FOX T USB Extender Plus Extron PC

POWER
12V
1.0A MAX
Tx Rx
Fiber Optic Transmitter FOX Matrix 3200

INPUT
HOST OPTICAL
for USB Peripherals Modular Fiber Optic
Matrix Switcher
Extron
POWER
12V
FOXBOX Tx HDMI
RS-232
Tx Rx
FOXBOX Tx HDMI Extron

LINK
LINK
1.0 A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM
HDMI INPUT AUDIO INPUT

Tx Rx 1 2
OPTICAL
Fiber Optic Transmitter FOX R USB Extender Plus
Fiber Optic Receiver
POWER Tx Rx
1 3
12V
OUTPUTS
1.0A MAX
for USB Peripherals

2 4
OPTICAL
PC
Extron
POWER Tx Rx
12V
1.0A MAX
INPUT
HOST OPTICAL
for USB Peripherals

Extenders
PowerCage 401 FOX D HD

Dual Fiber Optic Extenders for HDMI, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron PowerCage401FOXDTHD and FEATURES:
PowerCage401FOXDRHD are modular Extends HDMI, stereo audio, and RS232 control
dual fiber optic extenders designed for signals very long distances over fiber optic
the PowerCage401 enclosure,providing cabling
HDMI, audio, and control signal extension HDCP compliant
over fiber optic cabling. Engineered with All?digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel PowerCage 401 FOX DT HD
uncompromising quality and proven performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
performance, they use Extron alldigital including 1080p/60
technology to deliver pixel-for-pixel images KeyMinder continuously verifies HDCP
up to 1920x1200. Each hotswappable compliance for quick, reliable switching
module is HDCP compliant, and includes two EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
independent FOXHDMI extenders. Integration- communication between connected devices
friendly features include audio embedding, Hot-swappable modules designed for the
HDMIaudio deembedding with analog PowerCage401 enclosure, part #60149201
stereo outputs, AutoInput Memory, realtime Audio embedding PowerCage 401 FOX DR HD
status monitoring, and RS232 insertion via HDMI audio deembedding with analog stereo
the enclosure. Available in multimode and outputs
singlemode versions, the space-saving design RS232 insertion from the Ethernet port on the
of the PowerCage401FOXDHD modules PowerCage401 enclosure
enablesup to eight independent extenders to Compatible with Extron FOXMatrix Switchers
fit in a single 1U rack space. for signal distribution systems up to 1000x1000
and larger
Compatible with Extron FOXSeries HDMI, DVI,
and VGA extenders, as well as FOXII Series
DisplayPort receivers
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage 401 FOX DT HD MM Dual Transmitter - Multimode . . . . . . . . 70-1092-11
PowerCage 401 FOX DT HD SM Dual Transmitter - Singlemode . . . . . . . 70-1092-12
PowerCage 401 FOX DR HD MM Dual Receiver - Multimode . . . . . . . . . 70-1092-21
PowerCage 401 FOX DR HD SM Dual Receiver - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . 70-1092-22
PowerCage 401
Modular Power Enclosure for Fiber Optic Extenders
The Extron PowerCage401 is a compact, 1U FEATURES:
rack-mountable enclosure that supports Extron Space-saving design with a compact,
modular fiber optic extenders. Engineered 1U rack-mountable enclosure
with uncompromising quality and proven Accommodates up to four extender modules
performance, itprovides an efficient way to Modular, field-upgradeable, and hotswappable
power, manage, and mount multiple extenders. design
Front panel controls enable system setup and Ethernet monitoring and control
configuration without a computer. The fourslot Dual-redundant and hotswappable power
enclosure also features thermal management supplies
and dual-redundant power supplies to ensure RS232 insertion from the Ethernet port
reliability in mission-critical environments Two AC power inputs
where continuous, 24/7 operation is essential.
Front panel LCD display and controls for easy
The hotswappable, modular design of the setup and troubleshooting
PowerCage enclosure allows for addition or
Exceptional thermal management
replacement of modules and power supplies
SNMP support for remote monitoring
in the field, without having to power down
the system. The PowerCage401 simplifies
integration for large, rack-mounted systems
as well as user workstations with multiple
computers.
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage 401 Enclosure 1U, 4-Slot Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1492-01
www.extron.com 75
Extenders
PowerCage FOX HDMI

Fiber Optic Extender for HDMI, Audio, and RS-232
The PowerCage FOX HDMI Fiber Optic FEATURES:

Extender is a modular transmitter and receiver Extends HDMI, stereo audio, and RS-232
set for the PowerCage1600 enclosure that control signals very long distances over fiber
provides long haul transmission of HDCP- optic cabling
compliant HDMI, stereo audio, and RS-232 HDCP compliant
control signals over fiber optic cabling. All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
Engineered for reliability and exceptional high performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
resolution image performance, it uses Extron including HDTV 1080p/60
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel- Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
for-pixel transmission of HDMI computer-video environments
images up to 1920x1200 resolution, including Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
HDTV 1080p/60. The PowerCageFOXHDMI compliance for quick, reliable switching
PowerCage PowerCage
also includes many integrator-friendly features EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
FOX Tx HDMI FOX Rx HDMI
such as KeyMinder, EDIDMinder, Auto Input communication between connected devices Transmitter Receiver
Memory, audio embedding/de-embedding, Modular, hot-swappable boards designed for the
audio gain and attenuation, internal test PowerCage1600 enclosure, part # 60-978-01
patterns, and real-time system monitoring. Audio embedding
HDMI audio de-embedding with analog stereo
outputs
HDCP Visual Confirmation provides a green
signal when encrypted content is sent to a non-
compliant display
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage FOX Tx HDMI MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . 70-889-11
PowerCage FOX Tx HDMI SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . 70-889-12
PowerCage FOX Rx HDMI MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-889-21
PowerCage FOX Rx HDMI SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-889-22
PowerCage FOX SR HDMI

Fiber Optic Scaling Receiver for HDMI, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron PowerCage FOX SR HDMI Fiber FEATURES:

Optic Extender is a modular scaling receiver for Accepts fiber optic signals from a FOXSeries
the PowerCage1600 enclosure that enables transmitter, and provides scaled HDMI video,
long haul transmission of HDCP-compliant stereo audio, and RS-232 control signals
HDMI video, stereo audio, and RS-232 control High performance scaler provides selectable
signals over fiber optic cabling. Engineered output resolutions up to 1920x1200, including
for exceptional high resolution performance, HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K
it uses Extron all-digital technology to deliver HDCP compliant
perfect pixel-for-pixel HDMI computer-video Key Minder continuously verifies HDCP
images up to WUXGA 1920x1200, including compliance for quick, reliable switching
HDTV 1080p/60. Designed specifically for HDMI, DVI, RGB, and HD component video
AV systems, the PowerCage FOXSRHDMI upscaling and downscaling
includes many integrator-friendly features Modular, hot-swappable board designed for the
such as KeyMinder, audio de-embedding, PowerCage1600 enclosure, part # 60-978-01
selectable HDMI audio pass-through, Auto JITC Certified
Input Memory, and internal test patterns.
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage FOX SR HDMI MM Scaling Receiver - Multimode . . . . . . . . 70-904-21
PowerCage FOX SR HDMI SM Scaling Receiver - Singlemode . . . . . . . 70-904-22

Extenders
PowerCage FOX DVI Plus

Fiber Optic Extender for DVI-D, Audio, and RS-232
The PowerCage FOX DVI Plus Fiber Optic FEATURES:

Extender is a modular transmitter and receiver Extends single link DVI-D, stereo audio, and
set for the PowerCage1600 enclosure that RS-232 control signals very long distances over
provides long haul transmission of DVI, audio, a single fiber
and RS-232 control signals over a single fiber. All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
Engineered for reliability and exceptional high performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
resolution image performance, it uses Extron including HDTV 1080p/60
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel- Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
for-pixel transmission of DVI computer-video environments
images up to 1920x1200 resolution, including Modular, hot-swappable boards designed for the
HDTV 1080p/60. Designed specifically for PowerCage1600 enclosure, part # 60-978-01
AV systems, the PowerCage FOXDVIPlus EDID Emulation provides selectable resolutions
PowerCage PowerCage
also includes many integrator-friendly features and refresh rates to ensure reliable operation
FOX Tx DVI Plus FOX Rx DVI Plus
such as an EDID emulation mode, Auto Daisy-chain capability Transmitter Receiver
Input Memory, RS-232 control from multiple Alarm notification for fiber link loss
locations, internal test patterns, and real-time JITC Certified
system monitoring.Multiple receiver boards can
be daisy-chained.
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage FOX Tx DVI Plus MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . 70-873-11
PowerCage FOX Rx DVI Plus MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-873-21
PowerCage FOX Tx DVI Plus SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . 70-873-12
PowerCage FOX Rx DVI Plus SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-873-22
PowerCage FOX VGA

Fiber Optic Extender for VGA, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron PowerCage FOX VGA Fiber Optic FEATURES:
Extender is a modular transmitter and receiver Extends VGA, stereo audio, and RS-232 control
set for the PowerCage1600 that provides long signals very long distances over a single fiber
haul transmission of high resolution VGA, audio, All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
and RS-232 control signals over a single fiber. performance with signals up to 1600x1200
Engineered for reliability and exceptional high Modular, hot-swappable boards designed for the
resolution image performance, it uses Extron PowerCage1600 enclosure, part # 60-978-01
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel-for- Daisy-chain capability
pixel transmission of computer-video images up Available as an 850nm multimode model for
to 1600x1200 resolution. Designed specifically moderate-range transmissions up to 2km
for AV systems, the PowerCageFOXVGA (1.25miles) and a 1310nm singlemode model
includes many integrator-friendly features such for extreme distances up to 30km (18.75miles)
PowerCage PowerCage
as image adjustments and calibration, Auto Alarm notification for fiber link loss FOX Tx VGA FOX Rx VGA
Input Memory, RS-232 control, internal test Auto Input Memory Transmitter Receiver
patterns, and real-time system monitoring. RS-232 control
Also, multiple receiver boards can be daisy-
chained.
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage FOX Tx VGA MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . 70-699-11
PowerCage FOX Rx VGA MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-699-21
PowerCage FOX Tx VGA SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . 70-699-12
PowerCage FOX Rx VGA SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-699-22
www.extron.com 77
Extenders
PowerCage FOX AV
Fiber Optic Extender for Video, Audio, and RS-232
The Extron PowerCage FOX AV Fiber Optic FEATURES:
Extender is a modular transmitter and receiver Extends standard definition video, stereo audio,
set for the PowerCage1600 enclosure that and RS-232 control signals very long distances
provides long haul transmission of standard over a single fiber
definition video, audio, and RS-232 control Accepts component video, S-video, and
signals over a single fiber. Engineered for composite video signals
reliability and exceptional video performance, All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
it uses Extron all-digital technology to deliver performance
perfect pixel-for-pixel transmission of video Modular, hot-swappable boards designed for the
signals including component video, S-video, PowerCage1600 enclosure, part # 60-978-01
and composite video. Designed specifically Auto Input Format Detection
for AV systems, the PowerCageFOXAV also Picture and audio adjustments PowerCage PowerCage
includes many integrator-friendly features such Internal transcoding with selectable output FOX Tx AV FOX Rx AV
as picture and audio adjustments, daisy-chain format Transmitter Receiver
capability, Auto Input Format Detection, and Daisy-chain capability
real-time system monitoring. Available as an 850nm multimode model for
moderate-range transmissions up to 2km
(1.25miles) and a 1310nm singlemode model
RS-232 control at transmitter and receiver
Alarm notification for fiber link loss
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage FOX Tx AV MM Multimode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . 70-702-11
PowerCage FOX Rx AV MM Multimode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-702-21
PowerCage FOX Tx AV SM Singlemode - Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . 70-702-12
PowerCage FOX Rx AV SM Singlemode - Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-702-22
PowerCage 1600
Modular Power Enclosure for Fiber Optic and Twisted Pair Extenders
The Extron PowerCage 1600 is a rack- FEATURES:
mountable, 16-slot enclosure that supports a Accommodates up to 16 single-
wide range of Extron fiber optic and twisted slot or eight double-slot multi-
pair AV transmitter and receiver boards. function boards
Providing an efficient way to power and Space-saving design with a
mount multiple transmitters and receivers, compact 3U, rack-mountable
the PowerCage1600 simplifies integration enclosure
for large, rack-mounted systems. The Modular, field-upgradeable, and
PowerCage1600 also features an optional hot-swappable design
redundant, hot-swappable power supply plus Optional redundant power supply
thermal management to optimize reliability Hot-swappable power supplies
in mission-critical environments where Exceptional thermal management
continuous, 24/7 operation is essential. The PowerCage FOX Fiber Optic
hot-swappable, modular design allows for Extenders support HDMI, DVI-D, 3G-SDI, RGB,
replacing or upgrading boards in the field at or standard definition video, stereo audio, and
any time, without having to power down the RS-232 over fiber optic cabling
system. PowerCage MTP Twisted Pair Extenders support
standard definition or high resolution video, and
audio or RS-232 over a single CATx cable
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage 1600 Enclosure 3U, 16-Slot Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-978-01
PowerCage 1600 Power Supply Redundant Power Supply Option . . . . 70-1084-01

Extenders
HFX 100
HDMI Fiber Optic Extender
The Extron HFX 100 Fiber Optic Extender is FEATURES:
a compact transmitter and receiver set that Transmits HDMI video and embedded multi-
provides extension of HDCP-compliant HDMI channel digital audio signals up to 300meters
signals long distances over one fiber optic (984feet) over one multimode fiber optic cable
cable. It supports HDMI specification features Supported HDMI specification features include
including data rates up to 6.25Gbps, 12-bit data rates up to 6.25Gbps, 12-bit DeepColor, HFX 100 Tx
Deep Color, HD lossless audio formats, and HD lossless audio formats, and CEC
CEC. Engineered for reliability and exceptional HDCP compliant
high resolution image performance, it uses All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel-for- performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
pixel transmission of images up to 1920x1200, including HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K
including HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K. The Supports DDC transmission
HFX100 extends HDMI video and embedded Integrated ultra-flexible HDMI cable
multi-channel digital audio signals over a 1U, one-eighth rack width metal enclosure
multimode fiber optic cable at lengths up to Industry standard LC connectors provide reliable
300meters (984feet). physical connectivity and precise fiber core HFX 100 Rx
alignment
Compatible with 2LCOM4MMP pre-terminated
fiber optic cable assemblies from Extron
Highly reliable, energy-efficient external universal
power supply included, replacement part
#70-775-01
MODEL VERSION PART#

HFX 100 Tx HDMI Fiber Optic Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1277-12
HFX 100 Rx HDMI Fiber Optic Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1277-13
DFX 100
DVI Fiber Optic Extender
The Extron DFX 100 Fiber Optic Extender is FEATURES:
a transmitter and receiver set that provides Transmits single link DVI-D signals up to
extension of single link DVI-D signals 300meters (984feet) over one multimode fiber
long distances over one fiber optic cable. optic cable
Engineered for reliability and exceptional Supports DVI data rates to 4.95Gbps -
high resolution image performance, it uses 1.65Gbps per color DFX 100 Tx
all-digital technology to deliver perfect All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
pixel-for-pixel transmission of images up to performance with signals up to 1920x1200,
1920x1200, including HDTV 1080p/60 and including HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K
2K. The DFX100 extends DVI-D signals over Supports DDC transmission
a multimode fiber optic cable at lengths up to Integrated ultra-flexible DVI cable
300meters (984feet).Both the transmitter and Compatible with 2LCOM4MMP pre-terminated
receiver are housed in1U high, one-eighth rack fiber optic cable assemblies from Extron
width metal enclosures for convenient, discreet
installation. To simplify integration, attached
ultra-flexible DVI cables allow for direct DFX 100 Rx
connection to source and destination devices.
MODEL VERSION PART#

DFX 100 Tx DVI Fiber Optic Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1254-12
DFX 100 Rx DVI Fiber Optic Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1254-13
www.extron.com 79
Extenders
DDX 102
Dual Link DVI Fiber Optic Extender
The Extron DDX 102 Fiber Optic Extender is FEATURES:
an extremely compact transmitter and receiver Transmits dual link DVI-D signals up to
set that provides an effective, economical 500meters (1,640feet) over two multimode fiber
solution for extending duallink DVI-D signals optic cables
long distances over fiber optic cabling. It uses EDIDMinder automatically manages EDID
all-digital technology to deliver perfect pixel- communication between connected devices
for-pixel transmission of DVI computer-video Industry standard LC connectors provide reliable
images up to 2560x1600, including HDTV physical connectivity and precise fiber core
1080p/60 and 2K. The transmitter and receiver alignment
work together to send dual linkDVI signals up Transmitter and receiver are detachable from
to 500meters (1,640feet) over two multimode cables
cables. Designed for AV systems, the DDX102 Direct device connection
includes integrator-friendly features such as Compatible with 2LCOM4MMP pre-terminated
EDIDMinder and direct device connection. fiber optic cable assemblies from Extron
MODEL VERSION PART#

DDX 102 Tx Dual Link DVI Fiber Optic Transmitter . . . . . . . 60-1328-12
DDX 102 Rx Dual Link DVI Fiber Optic Receiver . . . . . . . . 60-1328-13
DVI 104
DVI Fiber Optic Extender
The Extron DVI104 Fiber Optic Extender is a FEATURES:
transmitter and receiver set that provides an Transmits single link DVI-D signals up to
effective, economical solution for extending 500meters (1,640feet) over four multimode
single link DVI-D signals long distances over fiber optic cables
fiber optic cables. It uses all-digital technology All-digital technology provides pixel-for-pixel
to deliver perfect pixel-for-pixel transmission performance with signals up to 1920x1200, DVI 104 Tx/Rx shown with 4LC MM cable.
of computer-video images up to 1920x1200 including HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K 4LC MM cable must be ordered separately.
resolution, including HDTV 1080p/60 and 2K. EDID Minder automatically manages EDID
The DVI104 extends DVI-D signals over four communication between connected devices
multimode fiber optic cables at lengths up to Transmitter can be self-powered by source
500meters (1,640feet). signal
Transmitter and receiver detachable from cables
Direct device connection
Compatible with 4LCMM pre-terminated
multimode fiber optic cable assemblies available
from Extron
MODEL VERSION PART#

DVI 104 Tx/Rx Transmitter/Receiver Set . . . . . . . . . . . 60-977-01
Fiber Optic Cables
4LC MM/10m 10 m (33') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-652-01
4LC MM/20m 20 m (66') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-652-02
4LC MM/30m 30 m (98') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-652-03
4LC MM/40m 40 m (131') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-652-04
4LC MM/50m 50 m (164') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-652-05

Audio and Control Products
FOX II RS 104
Four Port Fiber Optic RS-232 Inserter
The Extron FOX II RS 104 is a four port FEATURES:
fiber optic RS-232 inserter for long-haul RS-232 insertion from the Ethernet port to one
transmission of control signals to remote or more of the fiber optic outputs
devices over fiber optic cabling. Each port Buffered outputs restore optical budget to
provides a bidirectional fiber optic connection maximize distance capabilities
to a FOX or FOXIISeries extender for the Output reclocking reshapes and restores the
insertion and extraction of control data, timing of a digital signal
while maintaining a continuous pass- Ethernet monitoring and control
through link for video and audio. Engineered Available as an 850nm multimode model for
with uncompromising quality and proven moderate-range transmissions up to 2km
performance, it uses Extron all-digital (1.25miles) and a 1310nm singlemode model
technology to deliver pixel-for-pixel DisplayPort, for extreme distances up to 30km (18.75miles)
HDMI, DVI, computer-video, and standard Industry standard LC connectors provide reliable
definition video. Output reclocking on the physical connectivity and precise fiber core
buffered fiber optic outputs ensures signal alignment
integrity, sending a fiber optic signal at its Real-time status LED indicators for
original power level. troubleshooting and monitoring
Compatible with Extron FOXSeries matrix
switchers for signal distribution systems up to
1000x1000 and larger
Compatible with Extron FOXSeries DisplayPort,
HDMI, DVI, VGA, VGA/YUV, and AV transmitters
and receivers
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX II RS 104 MM RS-232 Inserter - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1458-01
FOX II RS 104 SM RS-232 Inserter - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1458-02

1-8
A B C D E F G H
ANAHEIM, CA
9 - 16
A B C D E F G H

17 - 24
A B C D E F G H

25 - 32
A B C D E F G H
RESET
RS-232/RS-422
REDUNDANT
REMOTE
TRI-LEVEL BI-LEVEL
Extron
LINK
PRIMARY
LAN
IPCP Pro 550

ACT
SWITCH
100-240V 50/60Hz 1.2A MAX.
REFERENCE
IP Link Pro
Extron Control Processor
FOX Matrix 3200
100-240V ~ 50-60Hz IPCP PRO 550
1 2 1 2 3 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 P WR O UT = 1 2 W
+ - + - T x R x G T x R x G T x R x G T x R x G RTS CTS S G S G S G S G +V +S - S G
eBUS
Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher

SWITCHED 12 VDC LAN
40W MAX TOTAL
3 4 4 5 6 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 G
+ - + - T x R x G T x R x G T x R x G T x R x G RTS CTS S G S G S G S G
5A MAX 12 VDC COM IR/SERIAL RELAYS FLEX I/O
Ethernet
100-240 ~ 0.3A MAX
FOX ll RS 104
Tx Rx
1
Tx Rx Tx Rx
2
Tx Rx Tx Rx
3
Tx Rx Tx Rx
4
Tx Rx
Extron
RESET
FOX ll RS 104
50/60 Hz A B A B A B A B LAN
Fiber Optic RS-232 Inserter
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Network
Extron
FOXBOX Rx
DVI Plus
Fiber Optic
Receiver Ethernet
Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
AUDIO
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
LINK
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
TEMP
OVER
OVER
OVER
OVER
DVI
DVI
DVI
DVI
CONFIG CONFIG CONFIG CONFIG
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL
Doc
Laptop PC DVD VCR Tuner 123
Cam
POWER POWER POWER POWER

12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 12V MODE DVI-D OUTPUT AUDIO RS-232 Display Volume
1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM 1.0A MAX OVER FIBER ALARM Tuner
ON ON ON ON
On
Channel Presets
1 2 3
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Off
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 4 5 6
Mute Mute
Room
7 8 9
Control Last
More
Screen 0 Enter Presets
Lighting Help December 15, 2013 - 7:58 AM

System Audio
Off Control
DVI RS-232 DVI RS-232 DVI RS-232 DVI RS-232
Extron
TLP Pro 1020T
10" Tabletop
TouchLink
Pro Touchpanel
Flat Panel Display 1 Flat Panel Display 2 Flat Panel Display 3 Flat Panel Display 4
www.extron.com 81
Audio and Control Products
FOX II AEX 108

Eight Port Fiber Optic Audio Extractor
The Extron FOXIIAEX 108 Eight Port Fiber FEATURES:
Optic Audio Extractor enables independent Provides local audio outputs from up to
processing and routing of audio signals in eight FOX or FOXIISeries fiber optic signals,
a fiber optic AV distribution system. Each extracting analog stereo audio for independent
input port extracts the twochannel audio processing and routing
signal from a FOXII or FOXSeries transmitter Extracts audio from the eight ports
to provide analog balanced or unbalanced simultaneously
stereo audio, and retransmits the original Balanced or unbalanced analog stereo audio
fiber optic signal to the receiver. Output output for integration with audio processing and
reclocking on the buffered passthrough distribution equipment
maintains signal integrity, transmitting the Output reclocking reshapes and restores timing
signal at the original power level. Featuring of the fiber optic signal
highspeed, alldigital signal transmission of Buffered input loopthroughs restore optical
pixelperfect video, audio, and control signals budget to maximize distance capabilities
over fiber optic cabling, the FOXIIAEX108 is Compatible with Extron FOXMatrix Switchers
compatible with FOXIISeries extenders and for signal distribution systems up to 1000x1000
FOXSeries HDMI, DVI, VGA, VGA/YUV, and and larger
AV transmitters and receivers. Compatible with Extron FOXSeries distribution
amplifiers
Compatible with Extron FOXSeries DisplayPort,
HDMI, DVI, VGA, VGA/YUV, and AV transmitters
and receivers
JITC Certified
Rackmountable 1U, half rack width metal
enclosure
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX II AEX 108 MM Audio Extractor - Multimode . . . . . . . . 60-1459-01
FOX II AEX 108 SM Audio Extractor - Singlemode . . . . . . . 60-1459-02
PowerCage FOX II AEX 104

Four Port Fiber Optic Audio Extractor
The Extron PowerCage FOX II AEX 104 FEATURES:
Four Port Fiber Optic Audio Extractor is Provides local audio outputs from up to four FOX
a modular board designed for the Extron or FOXIISeries fiber optic signals, extracting
PowerCage1600 enclosure that enables analog stereo audio for independent processing
independent processing and routing of audio and routing
signals in a fiber optic AV system. Each input Extracts audio from the four ports simultaneously
port extracts the twochannel audio signal Balanced or unbalanced analog stereo audio
from a FOX or FOXIISeries transmitter to output for integration with audio processing and
provide analog balanced or unbalanced stereo distribution equipment
audio, and retransmits the original fiber optic Output reclocking reshapes and restores timing
signal to the receiver. Output reclocking on the of the fiber optic signal
buffered passthrough maintains signal integrity, Buffered input loopthroughs restore optical
transmitting the signal at the original power budget to maximize distance capabilities
level. Featuring highspeed, alldigital signal Realtime status LED indicators for
transmission of pixelperfect video, audio, and troubleshooting and monitoring
control, the PowerCageFOXIIAEX104 is Modular, hotswappable board designed for the
compatible with FOXIISeries extenders and PowerCage1600 enclosure, part #6097801
FOXSeries HDMI, DVI, VGA, VGA/YUV, and AV Compatible with Extron FOXMatrix Switchers
transmitters and receivers. for signal distribution systems up to 1000x1000
and larger
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

PowerCage FOX II AEX 104 MM Audio Extractor - Multimode . . . . . . . . 70-1068-01
PowerCage FOX II AEX 104 SM Audio Extractor - Singlemode . . . . . . . 70-1068-02

Distribution Amplifiers
FOX DA8 Plus

Configurable Eight Output Fiber Optic Distribution Amplifier
The Extron FOX DA8 Plus is a configurable FEATURES:
eight-output fiber optic distribution amplifier Configurable as a single 8-output distribution
for long haul transmission of AV and control amplifier, or as two 4-output or four 2-output
signals over fiber optic cabling. For maximum distribution amplifiers
flexibility, it can be configured as a 1x8 Distributes and extends AV and control signals
distribution amplifier, or as two 1x4 or four 1x2 long distances over fiber optic cabling
distribution amplifiers. Featuring high-speed, Compatible with Extron FOXSeries DVIPlus,
all-digital signal transmission of pixel-perfect DVI, 3G-SDI, VGA, VGA/YUV, and AV
DVI, 3G-SDI, RGB, HD component, S-video, transmitters and receivers
composite, audio, and control signals, the Selectable output reclocking
FOXDA8Plus is compatible with Extron Eight active and individually isolated outputs
FOXSeries products. Output reclocking and Output muting control
active signal splitting maintain signal integrity, Available as an 850nm multimode model for
transmitting output signals at original power moderate-range transmissions up to 2km
levels. The FOXDA8Plus includes integrator- (1.25miles) and a 1310nm singlemode model
friendly features such as RS-232 control, rack- for extreme distances up to 30km (18.75miles)
mount capability, and the ability to mute one or JITC Certified
more outputs.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX DA8 Plus MM Eight Output Fiber Optic DA - MM . . . . . . . . 60-1171-01
FOX DA8 Plus SM Eight Output Fiber Optic DA - SM . . . . . . . . . 60-1171-02
Extron
SF 26X
Extron Two-Way
FOX DA8 Plus Open Back
Fiber Optic Distribution Amplifer 8 Ohm
Ceiling
Speakers
Extron
MPA 152 Plus
XD
A8
Plu
s
Power
Extron Amplifier
FO
Local
-232
(4)1x2
RS
(2)1x4
(1)1x8
FOX T USW 203

8 N/A
T Rx
OU Tx
Monitor
7 IN
OUTPUTS
T
OU
6 N/A
S
UT
Fiber Optic
T / 4 R
TP OU
REMOTE
8 S2 L
L OU 5 IN CLASNG
WIRI
TICA OU
T D C
G
OP Plus UTS
V
10V
50mA
4 N/A MPA
152 INP
L
R
T
OU
Transmitter
3 IN POW
ER
R
T C 12V MAX
0.7A
OU L
2 N/A
T
OU
A
0.3 1 IN
0V Hz T B
0-24 OU
10 50/60
203
T USW
FOX 9
577 M
N1 AR
OTE 32 AL
A 232 R
REM RS-2 RS-FIBE
R
TACT OVE
CON Rx
G
DIO 2
S M Tx AU 1
PUT G
32 R ALAR 3
OUT RS-2FIBE 2
Rx
Tx
1
LINK
Rx OVER
UT
2
1
Tx
TP
s
G
Rx
OU
I Plu
Tx
I-D
LINK
UTS
I DV DV
HDM
INP
ICA
L Rx
OPT OX
DE XB
IO MO FO
AUD R
2 WE
PO
X
12V MA
Extron
I
HDM 1.0A
3
1
B-Y
, Y,
/R-Y
RGB
ER
POW
HRU
P-T
12V MAX
LOO
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus

0.8A
PC RGB
Fiber Optic Receiver DVI Output
Input
Audio Input AU
DIO
OVE
R
32 R AL
RS-2FIBE
1
AR
2
M
UT Rx
TP Tx
B OU
RG
A
VG
Rx
DE OX
MO XB
FO
ER
POW
X
12V MA
1.0A
Extron
FOXBOX Rx VGA
Fiber Optic Receiver Flat Panel
RGB Output
Display
M
AR
AL
232 R
RS-FIBE
R
OVE
DIO 2
AU 1
Rx
Tx
UT
Projector
TP
OU s
DV
I-D I Plu
DV
Rx
4G
DE OX
MO XB
WE
R FO
PO
X
Extron
12V MA
1.0A
FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus

Fiber Optic Receiver
DVI Output
M
AR
32 R AL
RS-2FIBE
R
OVE
DIO 2
AU 1
UT Rx
TP Tx
B OU
RG
A
VG
Rx
DE OX
MO XB
FO
ER
POW
X
12V MA
1.0A
Extron
FOXBOX Rx VGA
Fiber Optic Receiver Flat Panel
RGB Output Display
Projector
www.extron.com 83
Matrix Switchers
FOX Matrix 3200

Modular Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher from 8x8 to 32x32
The Extron FOX Matrix 3200 is a high FEATURES:
performance, modular fiber optic matrix I/O sizes from 8x8 to 32x32
switcher for complete, end-to-end digital AV Compatible with all Extron FOXSeries
signal transmission and routing over fiber transmitters and receivers
optic cable. The matrix switcher is expandable SpeedSwitch Technology provides exceptional
from 8x8 up to 32x32, and is fully compatible switching speed for HDCP-encrypted content
with FOXSeries transmitters and receivers. Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
Supporting video resolutions up to 4K, it environments
features very high speed, alldigital switching Modular, field-upgradeable and hot-swappable
of DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, 3GSDI, RGB, design
HD component, and standard definition Dual redundant and hot-swappable power
video. Equipped with the integration-friendly supplies
features common to Extron matrix switchers, Advanced computer-aided diagnostics
together with hot-swappable I/O boards Selectable input and output reclocking
and fan, real-time system monitoring, and Ethernet monitoring and control
redundant, hot-swappable power supplies, RS-232 and RS-422 control port
the FOXMatrix3200 delivers highly reliable,
Front panel configuration port
enterprise-wide switching of fiber optic AV and
JITC Certified
control signals for mission-critical environments.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX Matrix 3200 FOX Matrix 3200 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1257-01
FOX I/O 88 MM 8x8 I/O Board - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-791-21
FOX I/O 88 SM 8x8 I/O Board - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-791-22
FOX I/O 88 HD-SDI 8x8 I/O Board - 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-792-01
FOX 3G I/O 88 SM P 8x8 I/O Board - Singlemode, Path Comp . . . . 70-965-02
FOX Matrix 7200

performance, modular fiber optic matrix switcher I/O sizes from 8x8 to 72x72
for complete, end-to-end digital AV signal Compatible with all Extron FOXSeries
transmission and routing over fiber optic cable. transmitters and receivers
The matrixswitcher is expandable from 8x8 SpeedSwitch Technology provides exceptional
up to 72x72, and is fully compatible with FOX switching speed for HDCP-encrypted content
Series transmitters and receivers. Supporting Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
video resolutions up to 4K, it features very environments
high speed, alldigital switching of DisplayPort, Modular, field-upgradeable and hot-swappable
HDMI, DVI, 3GSDI, RGB, HD component, and design
standard definition video. Equipped with the Dual redundant and hot-swappable power
integration-friendly features common to Extron supplies
matrix switchers, together with hot-swappable Advanced computer-aided diagnostics
I/O boards and fan, real-time system monitoring, Selectable input and output reclocking
and redundant, hot-swappable power supplies, Ethernet monitoring and control
the FOXMatrix7200 delivers highly reliable, RS-232 and RS-422 control port
control signals for mission-critical environments.
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX Matrix 7200 FOX Matrix 7200 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1256-01
FOX I/O 88 MM 8x8 I/O Board - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-791-21
FOX I/O 88 SM 8x8 I/O Board - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-791-22
FOX I/O 88 HD-SDI 8x8 I/O Board - 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-792-01

Matrix Switchers
FOX Matrix 14400

signal transmission and routing over fiber optic transmitters and receivers
cable. The matrix switcher is expandable from SpeedSwitch Technology provides exceptional
16x16 to 144x144, and is fully compatible switching speed for HDCP-encrypted content
with FOX Series transmitters and receivers. Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
Supporting video resolutions up to 4K, it environments
features very high speed, alldigital switching Modular, field-upgradeable and hot-swappable
of DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, 3G-SDI, RGB, design
HD component, and standard definition Dual redundant and hot-swappable supplies
video. Equipped with integration-friendly Advanced computer-aided diagnostics
features common to Extron matrix switchers, Selectable input and output reclocking
together with hot-swappable I/O boards Ethernet monitoring and control
and fan, real-time system monitoring, and RS-232 and RS-422 control port
redundant, hot-swappable power supplies,
the FOX Matrix 14400 delivers highly reliable,
JITC Certified
enterprise-wide switching of fiber optic
AV and control signals for mission-critical
environments.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX Matrix 14400 Frame FOX Matrix 14400 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1255-01
FOX I/O 1616 MM 16x16 I/O Board - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-771-21
FOX I/O 1616 SM 16x16 I/O Board - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . 70-771-22
FOX 3G I/O 1616 SM P 16x16 I/O Board - Singlemode, Path Comp . . . 70-965-01
FOX I/O 1616 HD-SDI 16x16 I/O Board - 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-966-01
FOX Matrix 320x

The Extron FOX Matrix 320x is a high FEATURES:
signal transmission and routing over fiber optic transmitters and receivers
cable. The matrix switcher is expandable from SpeedSwitch Technology provides exceptional
16x16 up to 320x320 and is fully compatible switching speed for HDCP-encrypted content
with the FOXSeries of fiber optic transmitters Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
and receivers. Supporting video resolutions environments
up to 4K, it features high speed, alldigital Modular, field-upgradeable and hot-swappable
switching of DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, 3GSDI, design
RGB, HD component, andstandard definition Four redundant and hot-swappable supplies
video. Equipped with integrator-friendly Advanced computer-aided diagnostics
features common to Extron matrix switchers, Selectable input and output reclocking
together with hot-swappable I/O boards Ethernet monitoring and control
and fan, real-time system monitoring, and RS-232 and RS-422 control port
redundant, hot-swappable power supplies,
the FOXMatrix320x delivers highly reliable,
JITC Certified
control for mission-critical environments.
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX Matrix 320x FOX Matrix 320x Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1082-01
FOX I/O 1616 MM 16x16 I/O Board - Multimode . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-771-21
FOX I/O 1616 SM 16x16 I/O Board - Singlemode . . . . . . . . . . . 70-771-22
FOX I/O 1616 HD-SDI 16x16 I/O Board - 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-966-01
www.extron.com 85
Matrix Switchers
FOX I/O 88 HD-SDI

8x8 3G-SDI I/O Board for the FOX Matrix 3200 and FOX Matrix 7200
The Extron FOXI/O88HD-SDI board is FEATURES:
available as an option for the FOXMatrix3200 Automatically adapts to SMPTE and ITU digital
and FOXMatrix7200 Modular Fiber Optic video standards for 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and SDI
Matrix Switchers, and enables connection Supports data rates from 270Mbps to
to local 3G-SDI-equipped devices. This 2.97Gbps
board offers an 8x8 configuration for Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
switching and distribution of signals up to environments
2.97Gbps, including 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and 3G-SDI I/O board for the FOXMatrix3200 and
SDI. With this board, the FOXMatrix3200 FOXMatrix7200
and FOXMatrix7200 can be configured as Passes embedded audio, ancillary ID and
dedicated 3G-SDI matrix switchers, or with a metadata information, and SD/HD-SDTI digital
combination of 3G-SDI and fiber optic matrix video signals
switching. The FOXI/O88HD-SDI board is Input equalization and reclocking on buffered
compliant with SMPTE 259M, 292M, 424M, outputs
and ITU digital video standards. Hot-swappable
Immunity to pathological signal patterns
Individually buffered inputs and outputs
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX I/O 88 HD-SDI 8x8 I/O Board - 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . . 70-792-01
FOX I/O 1616 HD-SDI

16x16 3G-SDI I/O Board for the FOX Matrix 14400 and FOX Matrix 320x
The Extron FOX I/O1616 HD-SDI board is FEATURES:
available as an option for the FOXMatrix14400 Automatically adapts to SMPTE and ITU digital
and FOXMatrix320x Modular Fiber Optic video standards for 3G-SDI, HD-SDI. and SDI
Matrix Switchers, and enables connection to Supports data rates from 270Mbps to
local 3G-SDI-equipped devices. This board 2.97Gbps
offers a 16x16 configuration for switching Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
and distribution ofsignals up to 2.97Gbps, environments
including 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and SDI. With 3G-SDI I/O board for the FOXMatrix14400 and
this board, the FOXMatrix switchers can FOXMatrix320x
be configured as dedicated 3G-SDI matrix Passes embedded audio, ancillary ID and
switchers, or with a combination of 3G-SDI metadata information, and SD/HD-SDTI digital
and fiber optic matrix switching. The video signals
FOXI/O1616HD-SDI board is compliant with Immunity to pathological signal patterns
SMPTE 259M, 292M, 424M, and ITU digital Hot-swappable
video standards. Individually buffered inputs and outputs
Input equalization and reclocking on buffered
outputs
JITC Certified
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX I/O 1616 HD-SDI 16x16 I/O Board - 3G-SDI . . . . . . . . . . 70-966-01

Matrix Switchers
FOX 3G I/O SM P
Fiber Optic 3G-SDI I/O Board for the FOX Matrix Series
The Extron FOX 3G I/O SM P board is available FEATURES: FOX 3G I/O 88 SM P
as an option for the FOXMatrixSeries modular Fiber optic 3G-SDI I/O board for the FOXMatrix
fiber optic matrix switchers, and enables the Series
transmission and distribution of fiber optic Automatically adapts to SMPTE and ITU digital
3G-SDI signals, including pathological signals, video standards for 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and SDI FOX 3G I/O 1616 SM P
over singlemode fiber optic cabling. The Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
board offers an 8x8 or 16x16 configuration environments
for switching and distribution of signals up to Immunity to pathological signal patterns
2.97Gbps, including 3G-SDI, HD-SDI, and Passes embedded audio, ancillary ID and
SDI. With the board, a FOXMatrix switcher can metadata information, and SD/HD-SDTI digital
be configured as a dedicated 3G-SDI matrix video signals
switcher, or with a combination of 3G-SDI Hot-swappable
and fiber optic matrix switching solutions. The Automatic output reclocking
FOX3GI/OSMP board can pass pathological Real-time status LED indicators for monitoring
signals, including those defined by RP 178 and and troubleshooting
RP 198, and is compliant with SMPTE297- JITC Certified
2006, 259M, 292M, 424M, and ITU digital
Available as a 1310nm singlemode I/O board for
video standards. extreme distances up to 30km (18.75miles)
MODEL VERSION PART#

FOX 3G HD-SDI P SM
FOX 3G HD-SDI
POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE
0.3A MAX
1 2
HD/SDI IN
TX Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
FOX 3G HD-SDI P SM
FOX 3G HD-SDI
POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE
0.3A MAX
1 2
FOX 3G HD-SDI P SM
HD/SDI IN
FOX 3G HD-SDI
POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE
0.3A MAX
1 2
HD/SDI IN
OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN TX Rx BUFFERED OUTPUTS
1-8
FAN ASSIMBLY A B C D E F G H

9 - 16
A B C D E F G H

17 - 24
A B C D E F G H

25 - 32
FOX 3G HD-SDI A B C D E F G H
POWER OPTICAL
12V MODE OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN
0.3A MAX
33 - 40
1 2
HD/SDI IN A B C D E F G H
41 - 48
FOX 3G HD-SDI P SM FAN ASSIMBLY
OUT
A
IN OUT
B
IN OUT
C
IN OUT
D
IN OUT
E
IN OUT
F
IN OUT
G
IN OUT
H
IN
49 - 56
A B C D E F G H
A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
57 - 64
MPEG IMX Digital BETACAM HDCAM HDCAM High Definition

Video System
POWER REMOTE EJECT

1(9P) 2(50P) RS-232C
PHONES
MUTI-RATE SDI INPUTS MUTI-RATE SDI OUTPUTS
A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
65 - 72

CONTROL
TLE VAR
PUSH/ PLAYER SHUT
00:00:00:00 MUTI-RATE SDI INPUTS MUTI-RATE SDI OUTPUTS

0 0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 10 ALARM SE FO
R R WA
20 20 20 20 20 CHANNEL KEY INHI VE
DISPLAY
30 30 30 30 30 CONDITION RE RD
40 40 40 40 40
FULL/FINE RESET
50 50 50 50 50
LAN SWITCH REFERENCE

EXT 1-4 L
LIST GOOD SHOT MARK
REC/
TRIM
PREROLL
REC
EDIT REC INHI REMOTE
REC 5-8 R STANDBY
ENTRY
MEMORY
REC REC
REW PLAY F FWD STOP
PB PB IN OUT
RS232/RS422 ACT LINK RESET BI-LEVEL TRI-LEVEL
UNITY VARIABLE

REDUNDANT
100-240V
50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
PRIMARY
100-240V
50/60Hz
1.2A MAX.
ANAHEIM, CA
NO
ITA
CIN
U
xT MMO
C
FOX Matrix 7200 NO

ITA
CIN
U
xT MMO
C
MPEG IMX Digital BETACAM HDCAM HDCAM High Definition

Video System
POWER REMOTE EJECT

1(9P) 2(50P) RS-232C
PHONES

CONTROL
TLE VAR
PUSH/ PLAYER SHUT
00:00:00:00
0 0 0 0 0
10 10 10 10 10 ALARM SE FO
R R WA
20 20 20 20 20 CHANNEL KEY INHI VE
30 30 30 30 30 CONDITION RE RD
DISPLAY
40 40 40 40 40
FULL/FINE RESET
50 50 50 50 50
1-4 L
EXT
REC/ PREROLL EDIT
REC 5-8 R STANDBY
ENTRY
MEMORY
REC REC
REW PLAY F FWD STOP
PB PB IN OUT
UNITY VARIABLE
www.extron.com 87
Matrix Switchers
Extron Matrix 1K
Large-Scale Matrix Switcher Program 1000
or Larger
When it comes to large-scale matrix switching solutions for fiber
optic, digital, or analog signal routing applications, Extron has you
covered. Through the Extron Matrix 1K program, you can create 720
custom, scalable matrix switchers in all common signal types with
I/O sizes up to 1000x1000 and larger. Extron Matrix 1K switchers
are designed and engineered to your specific project requirements. 576
Matrix 1K digital and fiber optic matrix switchers start at 320x320,
INPUTS
while Matrix 1K analog matrix switchers start at 128x128. Regardless
of the size you need, Extron Matrix 1K switchers work with the same 432
ease of control and day in, day out reliability youve come to expect
from Extron.
320
To begin the process of configuring your Extron Matrix 1K switcher,

contact your local Extron sales office or Regional Accounts Manager.

An Extron Applications Engineer will be assigned to your project and
will work with you to ensure your complete satisfaction. 320 432 576 720 1000
or Larger
OUTPUTS
Matrix 1K Product Commissioning

Extron provides proactive, on-site product commissioning with every
Extron Matrix 1K purchase. Matrix 1K commissioning provides you
with an extra level of service, ensuring that the system you design
and install meets your expectations and those of your client.
Extron Matrix 1K
switchers offer very large
scale routing capability to
handle the largest, most
complex venues.
Extron Matrix 1K switchers can be custom designed in sizes from 144x144 up to 1000x1000 and beyond.

Matrix Switchers
SMX System MultiMatrix

Digital and Analog Multi-Plane Modular Matrix Switcher
The SMX System MultiMatrix Series of digital FEATURES:
and analog multi-plane matrix switchers Choice of 2U, 3U, 4U, or 5U frames
combines multiple, independent matrix Choose from digital, fiber optic, analog,
switchers in a truly modular, field-configurable wideband, and stereo audio matrix boards
frame. Available in frame sizes from 2Uto 5U, Single point of control for up to 10 separate SMX 200 Frame
the SMX is capable of supporting up to 10 switching planes
separate matrix boards for independent or Hot-swappable matrix board slots allow
simultaneous switching under a single point of installation and replacement of matrix boards in
control. It combines the proven reliability and three easy steps
high performance of Extron's CrossPoint, Field re-configurable and updateable
MAVPlus, and MVXSeries matrix switchers 10 presets per switching plane
with the efficiency of a modular matrix switcher Redundant Power Supply - On select models
design. The SMXSystem is ideal for medical
imaging systems, conference and training
facilities, and other mid-sized applications that
require the switching of different signal types in
a cost-effective upgradable solution.
MODEL VERSION PART#

SMX 200 Frame 2U/4-Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1021-01
SMX 200 Frame RPS 2U/4-Slot with Redundant Power Supply . . . . 60-1021-11
SMX 300 Frame 3U/6-Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-855-01
SMX 300 Frame RPS 3U/6-Slot with Redundant Power Supply . . . . 60-855-11
SMX 400 Frame 4U/8-Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-856-01
SMX FOX Series

FOX Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher Boards
SMX 88 FOX MM Board
The SMX FOX Fiber Optic Matrix Switcher FEATURES:
Boards offer high-speed digital switching Available in 8x8 and 16x16 I/O sizes
capability for audio, control, and video signals Compatible with all Extron FOXSeries
at high resolution rates and multiple formats transmitters and receivers
SMX 88 FOX SM Board
with pixel-for-pixel throughput. This level SpeedSwitch Technology provides exceptional
of performance assures compatibility from switching speed for HDCP-encrypted content
standard definition video to the highest source Integrates easily into a wide range of 4K
resolutions, including DisplayPort, HDMI, environments
DVI, 3G-SDI, and RGB computer-video. The Input fiber link detection
boards are hot-swappable and may be added SMX 1616 FOX MM Board
Alarm notification for fiber link loss
at any time in the field for easy and quick Industry standard LC connectors provide reliable
upgradeability or expansion. The SMXFOX physical connectivity and precise fiber core
fiber optic matrix switcher boards are available alignment
in two sizes, 8x8 and 16x16, and in two Available as an 850nm multimode model for
versions for use with singlemode or multimode moderate-range transmissions up to 2km SMX 1616 FOX SM Board
fiber. (1.25miles) and a 1310nm singlemode model
MODEL VERSION PART#

SMX 88 FOX MM 8x8 Fiber Optic, Multimode; 1 slot . . . . . . . . 70-634-03
SMX 88 FOX SM 8x8 Fiber Optic, Singlemode; 1 slot . . . . . . . . 70-635-03
SMX 1616 FOX MM 16x16 Fiber Optic; Multimode; 2 slots . . . . . . 70-634-04
SMX 1616 FOX SM 16x16 Fiber Optic; Singlemode; 2 slots . . . . . 70-635-04
www.extron.com 89
Matrix Switchers
S3 Fiber Optic Product Commissioning Services

Commissioning to Ensure Optimum System Performance
Exton S3 Fiber Optic Product Commissioning FEATURES:
Services is a proactive program designed to Pre-installation review to ensure optimally
ensure optimum performance in AV systems designed system
utilizing Extron's FiberOptic Products. The Proactive on-site product commissioning
service includes pre-installation design review to ensure installed system meets design
as well as on-site system optimization and requirements
operational training. The program is designed System optimization, calibration, and training
to help integrators and their customers services for worry free installation, integration,
ensure that a fiber optic AV system meets and performance
performance specifications, prior to the system
going into full operation.
Fiber Optic Product Commissioning Services

include pre-installation design review with
Extron Engineers who are available to assist
integrators throughout the design process.
Once on site, the Engineer optimizes and
calibrates the system to deliver the best
performance possible.
MODEL VERSION PART#

S3 Product Commissioning Product Commissioning Services . . . . . . . . . 03-001-01
About Extron Fiber Optic Products

Extron Fiber Optic Products are designed for complete, end-to-end AV signal distribution over fiber optic cabling. The extensive line of
fiber optic products for professional AV installations includes matrix switchers, switchers, distribution amplifiers, signal processors, and
extenders. As the most complete fiber optic product line in the professional AV industry, Extron Fiber Optic Products enable enterprise-wide
distribution of pixel-for-pixel DisplayPort, HDMI, DVI, 3G-SDI, high resolution RGB, and standard definition video, as well as audio, USB, IR,
and RS232 control signals over fiber optic cabling. The S3 Fiber Optic Product Commissioning Service ensures that the system provides
optimum performance.

Cables, Connectors, and Accessories
Fiber Optic Termination Kit

Tool Kit for Field Termination of Fiber Optic Cables
The Extron Fiber Optic Termination Kit enables FEATURES:
quick, reliable termination of Extron multimode Complete kit for terminating fiber optic cables
and singlemode fiber optic cables with high- Compatible with all Extron Fiber Optic Quick LC
performance, pre-polished connectors. Each Connectors
kit includes all the tools and equipment needed Precision fiber cleaver
to strip, prepare, cleave, and terminate a fiber Visual Fault Locator included
optic cable using Extron QuickLC Fiber Optic Durable canvas tool bag
Connectors. A VFL - Visual Fault Locatoris
also included to provide a visual indication of
a properly terminated fiber optic connector. A
durable canvas bag offers a convenient way to
organize, transport, and protect the tools and
supplies provided in the termination kit.
MODEL VERSION PART#

Fiber Optic Termination Kit Termination Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-656-01
Quick LC Fiber Optic Connectors

Connectors for Field Termination of Fiber Optic Cables
Extron Quick LC Fiber Optic Connectors are FEATURES:
factory pre-polished, field-installable connectors Pre-polished, field-installable connectors
for fast, reliable termination of Extron Compatible with Extron Fiber Optic
multimode and singlemodefiber optic cable. Termination Kit
The precision design and pre-cleaved fiber stub Re-usable up to two times
with index-matching gel ensure optimum fiber Wedge clip with visual indicator
alignment and a reliable low-loss connection. High-performance, low-loss fiber optic
Each connector includes strain relief boots for connectors
terminating Extron Fiber Optic Cable as well
asother standard fiber optic cable sizes that
may exist in a fiber plant. A pre-installed wedge
clip features a visual indicator of a successful
termination when used with a VFL -Visual Fault
Locator. Quick LC Connectors are available as
multimode and singlemode versions.
MODEL VERSION PART#

QLC SM/10 Singlemode, qty. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101-017-01
QLC MM/10 Multimode, qty. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101-018-01
www.extron.com 91
Cables, Connectors and Accessories
Fiber Optic Test Set

Complete Kit to Measure Optical Power and Loss in Fiber Optic Cable
The Extron Fiber Optic Test Set includes all FEATURES:
the tools needed to measure optical power Complete kit for testing power and loss in
and loss in multimode and singlemode fiber multimode and singlemode fiber optic AV
optic AV equipment and fiber optic cabling. systems
The FLS 101 light source includes both a Fiber optic light source includes both multimode
multimode LED output that operates at 850nm and singlemode outputs
and 1300nm, and a singlemode laser output Fiber optic power meter accepts multimode or
that operates at 1310nm and 1550nm. The singlemode fiber
FPM 101 power meter is compatible with both Power measurements in dBm or watts and loss
multimode and singlemode fiber and features measurements in dB
an easy-to-read LCD display for measuring Automatic wavelength identification with Wave ID
optical power in dBm or watts and insertion enables the power meter to automatically detect
loss in dB. The test set also includes all the and set wavelengths to simplify setup
cables and adapters needed for testing fiber Handheld and battery-powered
optic AV systems and a durable padded Durable padded carrying case
carrying case to organize and protect the test
equipment with room for the power meter, light
source, cables, and adapters.
MODEL VERSION PART#

Fiber Optic Test Set Multimode and Singlemode Kit . . . . . . . . . . 70-962-01
Fiber Optic Test Set

Mandrel
Multimode Fiber under Test
LC to LC LC to LC
Coupling Coupling
9V
850nm 1300nm 1310nm 1550nm
FLS 101
FIBER LIGHT SOURCE WAVE ID
Set
850nm 1310nm
1300nm 1550nm dB
Ref
dBm
Extron
MM SM
Extron FPM 101

Tone
FLS 101
FIBER POWER METER
POWER
Extron
Fiber Optic FPM 101 POWER
Singlemode Fiber under Test
LC to LC LC to LC
Coupling Coupling
9V
850nm 1300nm 1310nm 1550nm
FLS 101
FIBER LIGHT SOURCE WAVE ID
Set
850nm 1310nm
1300nm 1550nm dB
Ref
dBm
Extron
MM SM
Extron FPM 101
FLS 101
Tone
FIBER POWER METER
POWER
Extron
Fiber Optic FPM 101 POWER

OM4 MM P
Bend-Insensitive Laser-Optimized Duplex Multimode Fiber - Plenum
Extron OM4 MM P multimode fiber is available FEATURES:
as a plenum rated bulk duplex fiber optic cable Laser-optimized OM4 multimode fiber
on a 2 km roll. Ideal for moderate to long Bend-insensitive
distances up to 2 km, Extron laser-optimized OFNP plenum-rated jacket
multimode fiber provides superior bandwidth Durable duplex zip-cord cable construction
and ensures pixel-perfect transmission of high Standard 2 mm duplex fiber optic cable for easy
resolution video, audio, and control signals. termination
The OM4 MM P is also a bend-insensitive
fiber optic cable featuringa tight bend
radius to minimize bending loss and simplify
installation.Laser-optimized, OM4 performance
ensures an AV fiber optic cable infrastructure
that supports the highest resolutions.
MODEL VERSION PART#

OM4 MM P/2K Plenum 2 km (6,562') Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-225-02
SM P
Bend-Insensitive Duplex Singlemode Fiber - Plenum
Extron SM P singlemode fiber is available as FEATURES:
a plenum rated bulk duplex fiber cable on Bend-insensitive singlemode fiber
a 2km roll. The SMP is a bend-insensitive OFNP plenum-rated jacket
fiber featuring a tight bend radius to minimize Durable duplex zip-cord cable construction
bending loss and simplify installation. Standard 2 mm duplex fiber optic cable for easy
Singlemode fiber's low-loss provides extreme termination
performance to transmit AV signals over very
long distances up to 30km or 18.75miles.
MODEL VERSION PART#

SM P/2K Plenum 2 km (6,562') Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-223-02
www.extron.com 93
2LC OM4 MM P
LC to LC Laser-Optimized Multimode Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies - Plenum
Extron2LC OM4 MM P multimode fiber optic FEATURES:
duplex cable assemblies are availablein Laser-optimized OM4 multimode fiber
various lengths from 1 meter to 60 meters. Bend-insensitive
Ideal for moderate to long distances up to 2 OFNP plenum-rated jacket
km, Extron laser-optimized multimode fiber Durable duplex zip-cord cable construction
provides superior bandwidth and ensures pixel- Terminated with industry standard LC
perfect transmission of high-resolution, video, connectors
audio, and control signals. The 2LC OM4 Available in lengths from 1 meter (3.3 feet) to
MM P is also a bend-insensitive fiber optic 60 meters (197 feet)
cable featuring a tight bend radius to minimize
bending loss and simplify installation. Laser-
optimized, OM4 performance ensures an AV
fiber optic cable infrastructure that supports the
highest resolutions.
MODEL VERSION PART#

2LC OM4 MM P/1 1 m (3.3') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-01
2LC OM4 MM P/2 2 m (6.6') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-02
2LC OM4 MM P/3 3 m (9.8') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-03
2LC OM4 MM P/5 5 m (16.4') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-05
2LC OM4 MM P/10 10 m (32.8') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-10
2LC OM4 MM P/15 15 m (49.2') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-15
2LC OM4 MM P/20 20 m (65.6') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-20
2LC OM4 MM P/30 30 m (98.4') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-30
2LC OM4 MM P/40 40 m (131') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-40
2LC OM4 MM P/50 50 m (164') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-50
2LC OM4 MM P/60 60 m (197') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-671-60
2LC SM P
LC to LC Bend-Insensitive Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable Assemblies - Plenum
Extron 2LC SM P bend-insensitivesinglemode
fiber optic cable assembliesare availablein FEATURES:
various lengths from 1 meter to 60 meters. Bend-insensitive singlemode fiber
Bend-insensitive fiber features a tight bend OFNP plenum-rated jacket
radius to minimize bending loss and simplify Durable duplex zip-cord cable construction
installation. Singlemode fiber's low-loss Terminated with industry standard LC
provides extreme performance to transmit AV connectors
signals over very long distances up to 30 km or Available in lengths from 1 meter (3.3 feet) to
18.75 miles. 60 meters (197 feet)
MODEL VERSION PART#

2LC SM P/1 1 m (3.3') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-01
2LC SM P/2 2 m (6.6') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-02
2LC SM P/3 3 m (9.8') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-03
2LC SM P/5 5 m (16.4') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-05
2LC SM P/10 10 m (32.8') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-10
2LC SM P/15 15 m (49.2') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-15
2LC SM P/20 20 m (65.6') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-20
2LC SM P/30 30 m (98.4') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-30
2LC SM P/40 40 m (131') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-40
2LC SM P/50 50 m (164') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-50
2LC SM P/60 60 m (197') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-670-60

Standards, Glossary and FAQ's
Standards for Fiber Optic Cables

Several standards apply to fiber optic cables, including flame ratings, performance ratings, and design
standards. Selecting the appropriate fiber optic cable for the application is essential, whether for indoor
or outdoor use, and whether the cable will be installed in risers or plenums. Performance of fiber optic
cables is also an important consideration to ensure compatibility with current fiber optic AV products,
as well as ample bandwidth capability for future system needs.
Fiber Optic Glossary

In use throughout this Guide is the language of the fiber optic world. This lexicon of words, phrases,
acronyms, and abbreviations appropriate to fiber optic technologies, standards, practices, and the
products necessary for fiber optic AV integration is defined in the following Glossary of Terms.
Frequently Asked Questions

Find answers to all of the common questions about fiber optic technology, applications using fiber
optics, system design considerations, Extron fiber optic products, and system installation.
www.extron.com 95
Fiber optic cables are covered by multiple codes and standards including flame ratings, performance ratings, and design standards. Safety
codes and standards specify where cables may be installed, such as vertical runs and air handling spaces, based on the jacket material
and flame rating. Cables are flame-rated for use in risers, plenums, and general use. Performance standards address and define technical
specifications, rules, and guidelines to promote compatibility of components and systems in telecommunications networks. Cable design
and construction codes and standards address requirements for indoor, outdoor, and combination indoor/outdoor applications.
Flame Ratings for Fiber Optic Cables Table 1.

National Electrical Code Fire Ratings for Fiber Optic Cables
Cables installed within commercial or residential buildings are

NEC Test
required to meet minimum flame ratings as established by Description
Designation Method
the National Fire Protection Association NFPA. The NFPA
standards include National Electrical Code NEC Article770 OFNP OFNP is Optical Fiber Non conductive NFPA 262
Plenum. OFNP are all-dielectric fiber CSA FT6
that mandates how fiber optic cables may be installed in
optic cables that are certified for use
plenum, riser, and general purpose applications. State and in plenum applications. OFNP cables
local jurisdictions may require compliance with additional, more can also be used in riser and general
purpose applications.
restrictive standards. Underwriters Laboratories UL, and
the Canadian Standards Association CSA have developed OFCP OFCP is Optical Fiber Conductive NFPA 262
Plenum. OFCP are fiber optic cables CSA FT6
test methods for certification to applicable standards. that contain at least one electrically
conductive component such as a
strength member or vapor barrier.
Plenum applications refer to cable installations in any space
OFCP cables are certified for use in
used as part of an air handling system, including heating/ plenum applications. OFCP cables
air conditioning ducts and air returns. Exposed cables not can also be used in riser and general
purpose applications.
installed in conduit are required to have a certain minimum fire-
resistant and smoke-resistant rating. The term riser refers to OFNR OFNR is Optical Fiber Non conductive UL-1666
Riser. OFNR are all-dielectric fiber CSA-FT4
a vertical pathway or the space between floors of a multistory optic cables that are certified for use
building. Cables within risers must also be rated for fire and in riser applications. OFNR cables
smoke resistance, but the ratings are less stringent than can also be used in general purpose
applications.
plenum applications. General purpose applications are cables
installed on a single floor and cannot be used in riser or plenum OFCR OFCR is Optical Fiber Conductive UL-1666
Riser. OFCR are fiber optic cables CSA FT4
applications. NECestablished ratings are shown in Table 1. that contain at least one electrically
conductive component such as a
strength member or vapor barrier.
OFCR cables are certified for use
in riser applications. OFCR cables
can also be used in general purpose
applications.
OFNG OFNG is Optical Fiber Non conductive UL-1581

General Purpose. OFNG are all- CSA FT4
dielectric fiber optic cables that are
for general purpose use. OFNG fibers
are not rated for riser or plenum
applications.
OFCG OFCG is Optical Fiber Conductive UL-1581

General Purpose. OFCG are fiber CSA FT4
optic cables that contain at least one
electrically conductive component
such as a strength member or vapor
barrier. OFCG cables are certified for
general purpose use and are not rated
for riser or plenum applications.

Fiber Performance Standards
Performance standards have been defined by multiple organizations, is recommended for new installations of multimode fiber and is the
including: fiber of choice for installers concerned with future-proofing their
systems.
ISO - International Organization for Standardization
IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission Singlemode Fiber Standards
TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association OS1 and OS2 are standard designations that identify singlemode
ITU - International Telecommunication Union fibers. ISO/IEC11801 specifies performance requirements for OS1,
and ISO/IEC24702 specifies for OS2, as listed in Table 3.
Multimode Fiber Standards
Multimode fibers are categorized by their bandwidth performance OS1 is the original type of singlemode fiber, and is the most
as it relates to modal dispersion. Most of the performance commonly installed type for long distance applications. In
specifications have been reconciled to the ISO/IEC specifications. anticipation of future higher bandwidth needs, it also exists as
ISO/IEC11801 identifies four categories for multimode fibers dark fiber in many facilities. OS1 continues to be popular for new
OM1, OM2, OM3, and OM4 based on performance criteria as singlemode installations.
shown in Table 2.
OS2 fiber is a newer singlemode fiber type that is specified for
OM1 and OM2 fibers are legacy standards for multimode fiber that transmission at the 1383nm wavelength. It is designed for use
are used on 10Mbps and 100Mbps networks. These fiber types with CWDM systems due to low attenuation at this wavelength.
are designed for use with LED light sources, and are considered OS2 fiber is defined as an "outdoor" cable, but can also be used
obsolete by TIA-942-A Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard indoors. ISO standards only define attenuation for OS2 in loose
for Data Centers. OM1 and OM2 are for legacy applications and tube cables that are common in outdoor applications, OS2 fiber
should not be used for new installations. attenuation tends to be higher in tight-buffered cables used for
indoor applications.
OM3 is the first generation of laser-optimized multimode fiber. It is
used for networks operating up to 10Gbps with 850nm VCSEL OS1 and OS2 fiber have similar performance capabilities for
light sources. OM3 fiber represents the minimum performance most installations. However, OS1 fiber has higher attenuation at
standard for new installations. wavelengths near 1383nm, and may not be suitable for CWDM
applications. OS2 fiber is designed for transmission of all CWDM
Designed for high speed data networks, OM4 is the newest standard wavelengths. Due to the large installed base of OS1 fiber, many
for laser-optimized multimode fiber. It enables the transmission of CWDM applications avoid using wavelengths around 1383nm. The
higher data rates over longer distances than OM3type fiber. OM4 differences between OS1 and OS2 are summarized in Table 4.
Table 2.
ISO/IEC 11801 Optical Fiber Categories
Max Attenuation Overfill Launch Effective Mode Equivalent or
Core Diameter (dB/km) Bandwidth (MHz-km) Bandwidth (MHz-km) Related Performance
Category (m) 850 / 1310 nm 850 / 1310 nm @ 850 nm Standards
TIA 492-AAAA
OM1 62.5 3.5 / 1.5 200 / 500 N/A IEC 60793-2-10, A1b
ISO/IEC 11801 OM1
TIA 492-AAAB
IEC 60793-2-10, A1a.1
OM2 50 3.5 / 1.5 500 / 500 N/A
ISO/IEC 11801, OM2
ITU G.651.1
TIA 492-AAAC
OM3 50 3.5 / 1.5 1500 / 500 2000 IEC 60793-2-10, A1a.2
ISO/IEC 11801, OM3
TIA 492-AAAD
OM4 50 3.5 / 1.5 3500 / 500 4700 IEC 60793-2-10, A1a.3
ISO/IEC 11801, OM4
www.extron.com 97
Table 3. Table 4.
OS1 and OS2 Fiber Specifications OS1 and OS2 Fiber Comparison
Maximum Attenuation (dB/km) Equivalent or Related OS1 Fiber OS2 Fiber
Performance May not be suitable for Can be used for CWDM applications
Category 1310 nm 1383 nm 1550 nm Standards CWDM applications
IEC 60793-2-50, B1.1 1.0 dB/km maximum 0.4 dB/km maximum attenuation at
OS1 1.0 N/A 1.0 ITU G.652.A attenuation at 1310 nm and 1310 nm, 1383 nm, and 1550 nm
ITU G.652.B 1550 nm wavelengths wavelengths
(loose tube cables only)
IEC 60793-2-50, B1.3
OS2 0.4 0.4 0.4 ITU G.652.C See manufacturers datasheets for
ITU G.652.D attenuation in other cable types.
Fiber Cable Standards

The IEC and the Insulated Cable Engineers Association have published
cable design and test standards for indoor and outdoor installations as
shown in Tables 5, 6, 7, and 8.
Table 5.
Indoor Cable Standards
IEC 60794-2-11:2012
Detailed specification for simplex and duplex cables for use in premises cabling.
and BS EN 60794-2-11:2012
IEC 60794-2-21:2012
Detailed specification for multi-fiber optical distribution cables for use in premises cabling.
and BS EN 60794-2-21:2012
IEC 60794-2-31:2012
Detailed specification for optical fiber ribbon cables for use in premises cabling.
and BS EN 60794-2-31:2013
ANSI/ICEA S-83-596 Standard for Optical Fiber Premises Distribution Cable
Table 6.
Outdoor Cable Standards
IEC 60794-3-12:2012 Detailed specification for duct and directly buried optical telecommunication cables for use
and BS EN 60794-3-12:2013 in premises cabling.
IEC 60794-3-21:2015 Detailed specification for optical self-supporting aerial telecommunication cables for use in
and BS EN 60794-3-21:2016 premises cabling.
ANSI/ICEA S-87-640 Standard for Optical Fiber Outside Plant Communications Cable
Table 7.
Indoor / Outdoor Cable Standards
ICEA S-104-696 Standard for Indoor / Outdoor Fiber Optical Cable
Table 8.
Cable Test Standards
ISO/IEC 14763-3 Detailed Specification for testing fiber optic cabling

10 Gbps Passive Optical Network XG-PON Angle of Incidence

An ITU-T G.987 standard PON architecture with data rates of The angle between a ray incident on a surface and the line
10Gbps downstream and 2.5Gbps upstream. perpendicular to that surface at the point of incidence, called the
normal.
40 Gbps Passive Optical Network - NG-PON2
An ITU-T G.989 standard PON architecture with data rates of Angled Physical Contact APC
40Gbps downstream and 10 Gbps upstream. A specific technique for singlemode fiber applications where the end-
face of the fiber or ferrule is cut and polished at an 8 angle in order
to increase contact surface area and help minimize return loss. APC
A connectors are typically green in color and are not used in multimode
applications. They are also rarely used in digital applications. APC
polished connectors are not compatible with UPC, SPC, or PC
Absorption polished connectors. Intermixing APC polished connectors with UPC/
A source of attenuation of light as it passes through fiber, similar to SPC/PC polished connectors can damage the fiber optic cable or
the resistive loss of an electrical signal as it passes through copper equipment.
cable. Light interacts with the molecular structure of the glass and
impurities within the fiber. These interactions release phonons, Aramid Yarn
converting the light into heat. A woven strength member, with Kevlar as a common brand,
incorporated into fiber optic cable that provides tensile strength and
Acceptance Angle protection.
In fiber optics, this is the maximum allowable angle of incidence
for light entering a fiber measured from the center axis of the fiber. Arc
Incoming light must be directed below this angle in order to enter the In fiber optics, the discharge that occurs between the two electrodes
core of the fiber and propagate along its length through total internal of a fusion splicer.
reflection.
ATM Passive Optical Network APON
Aerial Cable An ITU-T G.983 standard PON architecture based upon
An optical fiber cable designed for outdoor installations on aerial asynchronous transfer mode ATM. APON was the first standard
support structures such as poles. Aerial cables are specifically PON architecture, but has since been replaced by broadband PON.
designed to withstand adverse conditions such as wind and ice
loading, pollution, UV radiation, thermal cycling, stress, and aging. Attenuation
In fiber optics, this is the loss of optical power as light passes along
Air Blown Fiber ABF a fiber optic path. This loss can occur due to absorption, scattering,
Optical fiber installed through special tube cables by means of or excessive bending within the fiber, and can also be attributed
using pressurized air or nitrogen to blow bundles of fibers through to optical components such as connectors, splices, and splitters.
individual tubes within the cable. Tube cables are usually pre-installed Attenuation is usually expressed in decibels per kilometer dB/Km.
at the premises before installation of air blown fiber.
Avalanche Photodiode APD
Air Polish A type of photodetector, or optical signal transducer that converts
The first polishing step in the epoxy and polish method for fiber light into an electrical signal. APDs are used in fiber optic receivers.
termination. A fine-grit film is used to grind down the fiber stub after
the scribe-and-cleave step.
All Dielectric
B
In fiber optics, this denotes the presence of only dielectric, or non-
metal elements. Back Reflection
Light within an optical fiber that is reflected back toward the source.
Amplitude Modulation AM This typically occurs at interfaces between the fiber and the connector
An analog method of encoding a transmitted or carrier signal by where an air gap causes the reflection.
varying its magnitude in relation to the information being sent. Using
amplitude modulation, first generation fiber optic AV transmitters vary Backscattering
the intensity of the light to encode analog video and audio signals on The portion of light within an optical fiber that is scattered back
optical carriers. toward the source. An OTDR relies on backscattering to indirectly
measure insertion loss, check for faults, and verify splices.
Anaerobic
For fiber optics, this describes a method of bonding optical fibers via Bend-Insensitive Fiber
a non-heat, intrinsic chemical reaction within an adhesive material. An A special type of fiber optic cable that tolerates bends and stresses
anaerobic adhesive does not require air to cure. with minimal effect on optical loss. Bend-insensitive fiber is available in
both multimode and singlemode varieties.
www.extron.com 99
Bend Loss Chromatic Dispersion CD

In fiber optics, the attenuation of light as it passes through a fiber with A factor that reduces fiber bandwidth as a result of separation of
excessive bends. Macrobending and microbending both contribute to the incoming light into components of various wavelengths, which
bend loss. travel at different speeds along the fiber. This effect occurs in both
multimode and singlemode fiber at very long distances.
Bend Radius
The amount of bow in a cable, pipe, or tubing, measured to the inside Cladding
curvature, beyond which may cause undesirable effects. Bending The outer layer surrounding the core of a fiber that serves as an
a fiber optic cable beyond its specified minimum bend radius may optical barrier as well as protection for the core. The index of
introduce attenuation or cause damage to the fiber. refraction for the cladding is always lower than that of the core in
order to maintain total internal reflection, ensuring that the light travels
Bit Error Rate BER within the core.
The fraction of bits that were transmitted with errors, expressed as
the ratio of incorrectly-to-correctly transmitted bits. BER is used to Cleave Tool
assess transmission accuracy in a fiber optic system. Also known as a scribe tool, this specialized tool is used to break off
a portion of an optical fiber by scoring, or scribing the fiber. Optimally,
Bit Rate this tool produces a clean, precise cut with a flat end-face that is at a
The rate of digital data transmission, commonly expressed in bits per 90 angle to the fiber axis.
second bps, kilobits per second kbps, Megabits per second
Mbps, and Gigabits per second Gbps. Cleaving
The process of cutting the end of an optical fiber after it has been
Breakout Cable scored or scribed using a cleave or scribe tool.
In fiber optics, a cable comprised of a bundle of jacketed fibers,
with the fibers separated from the bundle at one end to facilitate Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing CWDM
installation into panels and other equipment. The fibers are individually The multiplexing or combining of several wavelengths as defined by
jacketed for enhanced protection. ITU-T G.694.2 into a single optical signal. CWDM is distinguished
from Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing DWDM in that it has
Breakout Kit a much greater separation between wavelengths, 20 nm.
In fiber optics, a kit used to create a breakout cable from bundled
fiber optic cable. Coating
An acrylate layer over the fiber that provides protection from moisture
Broadband Passive Optical Network BPON as well as possible damage during the manufacturing process. Also
An ITU-T G.983 standard PON architecture that is an improved known as a buffer coating.
version of APON with data rates of up to 1,244Mbps downstream
and 622Mbps upstream. Compression
A process in which digital data is reduced to meet system bandwidth
Buffer Coating requirements, but without negatively affecting the capability to convey
A plastic coating applied to an optical fiber that provides protection image, video, audio, or the contents of a data file.
from moisture or damage, as well as handling during the
manufacturing of fiber optic cable. Core
The center of an optical fiber in which light travels. The cores index
Buffer Tube of refraction is always greater than that of the cladding surrounding it.
Additional plastic tubing around the buffer coating of an optical fiber This difference is to maintain total internal reflection, keeping the light
that provides added protection. This tubing is typically color-coded for within the core.
easier identification during installation and troubleshooting.
Coupling Efficiency
Butt Closure The ratio or percentage of optical power from a light source that is
A sealed enclosure designed to protect fiber optic splices and available for transmission down an optical fiber. Coupling efficiency
terminations. is a function of the line width of the optical beam and the numerical
aperture of the fiber. A smaller line width or larger numerical aperture
results in a higher coupling efficiency.
C
Coupling Loss
The loss of optical power as light passes through a junction,
Cable Jacket expressed as the ratio of the optical power measured at the junction,
An outer protective covering on a fiber optic cable that is often color- such as a coupler, to the total optical power entering the system.
coded for easy identification of mode type.
Critical Angle
An important angle of incidence for light as it meets a boundary
between two refractive materials. Above this angle, total internal

reflection occurs. In an optical fiber, light that strikes the boundary Detector
between the core and cladding greater than the critical angle is A device within fiber optic receivers that converts optical energy to
internally reflected within the core as it travels along the fiber. electrical energy.
Curing Oven Differential Mode Delay DMD

A specialized oven used to thermally cure epoxy for attaching a fiber A limiting factor in the performance of transmissions over multimode
optic connector ferrule onto the optical fiber. fiber, in which there is a differential in the arrival times at the receiver
of various modes along the fiber. This differential is caused by model
Cutoff Wavelength dispersion which is inherent in multimode fiber.
In singlemode optical fiber applications, the wavelength below which
the fiber transmits as multimode instead of singlemode. Dispersion
A limiting factor in optical fiber transmission performance, where
a light pulse is broadened, or separated into modes or individual
D wavelengths. Dispersion limits transmission bandwidth and distance
capability. The two major types of dispersion are modal dispersion
and chromatic dispersion.
Dark Fiber
A term in fiber optics to denote fiber that is installed at a facility but
Dispersion Compensating Fiber DCF
reserved for future use.
A special type of fiber designed to exhibit a large negative dispersion.
DCF is typically used in long-haul telecommunication systems to
Data Compression compensate for dispersion in optical fiber.
A mathematical algorithm for compressing or encoding data to fit
within given bandwidth requirements for transmission or storage.
Dispersion Shifted Fiber DSF
A singlemode optical fiber with its optimal dispersion wavelength
Data Link shifted, through the addition of dopants, to a wavelength that delivers
A fiber optic system comprising the cable, transmitter, and receiver for
optimal attenuation.
transmission of data between two locations.
Distributed Feedback DFB Laser
dBm A standard laser diode that uses a laser oscillator comprised of
dB referenced to 1 milliwatt. To convert into an equivalent voltage
a diffraction grating and two mirrors with an amplifying medium
level, the impedance must be specified. For example, 0dBm into
between them. A DFB laser is constructed as an edge-emitting
600ohms gives an equivalent voltage level of 0.775V, or 0dBu;
semiconductor laser diode that typically operates at 1310nm or
however, 0dBm into 50ohms, for instance, yields an equivalent
1550nm for singlemode fiber. DFB lasers are also available at
voltage of 0.24V. Since modern audio engineering is concerned
standard CWDM and DWDM wavelengths between 1270nm and
with voltage levels, as opposed to power levels in the early years
1610nm.
of telephone, the convention of using a reference level of 0dBm is
academic. But in the AV industry, many people still refer to 0.775V,
Distribution Cable
rms, (600r) as 0dBm, which should be more accurately called
Fiber optic cable comprising a bundle of tight-buffered fibers,
0dBu. In fiber optics, dBm is dB referenced to 1mW of optical
surrounded by strength members, encased within an outside jacket.
power.
Distribution Panel
Dead Zone
For fiber optic applications, this is both a patch panel and splice
A region within a fiber optic system where an OTDR Optical Time
panel, usually installed at a hub or entrance facility.
Domain Reflectometer cannot effectively make measurements.
Dopant
Decibel dB
A substance added to a semiconductor or fiber optic glass during the
The standard unit used to express gain or loss of power between two
manufacturing process to cause a change in the properties.
values. A decibel is 10 times the logarithm of a ratio of two power
values. When comparing voltage or pressure, the values in the ratio
Dynamic Range
are squared or the log is multiplied by 20 instead of 10. An extension
The highest and lowest potential signal levels on a given device. Also
is placed behind the dB when one of those values is a fixed
applies to fiber optic applications in terms of the ratio between the
reference (i.e. dBV, dBu, dBSPL).
most or strongest and least or weakest observable optical
signals.
Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing DWDM
The multiplexing or combining of several wavelengths as defined
by ITU G694.1 into a single optical signal. DWDM is distinguished
from Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing CWDM in that the
separation between wavelengths 0.8 to 1.6 nm is much smaller.
www.extron.com 101
Fan-Out Kit
E In fiber optics, a kit designed for use with loose tube cable with bare
fiber bundles in each buffer tube. The kit enables termination as well
Effective Modal Bandwidth EMB as protection of these bare fibers.
In fiber optics, the modal bandwidth of a multimode fiber when using
a laser as a light source. EMB is also referred to as laser launch Fault
bandwidth. In fiber optics, any part of an optical fiber that deviates from normal
performance.
Electrode
In a fusion splicer, the component which discharges electricity to Fault Finder
enable two optical fibers to be fused or welded together. A simplified optical time domain reflectometer OTDR, an
instrument used to detect breaks within a run of optical fiber. Also
Electromagnetic Interference EMI known as a Fiber Break Locator.
A disturbance that affects an electrical circuit due to either induction
or radiation of energy from an electric or magnetic field emitted by an Ferrule
external source. A precision tube which centers an optical fiber and provides
stabilization and precise alignment. A ferrule may be part of a
Encircled Flux - EF connector or a mechanical splice.
A method of characterizing the light at the end of a test reference
cable when performing fiber optic loss measurements in multimode Ferrule Connector FC
fiber as specified in TIA-526-14-B. A screw-type optical fiber connector that features a keying
mechanism. FCs are typically designated as FC/PC, FC/SPC, or FC/
End Finish APC to denote physical contact, super physical contact, or angled
The end-face of an optical fiber at the ferrule finished or polished to physical contact, respectively.
be smooth in order to minimize signal loss or back-reflection. PC,
SPC, UPC, and APC polishing finishes are available for singlemode Fiber
connectors. The basic optical transmission element. The components of a fiber
include the core, surrounded by the cladding, and then a coating for
Entrance Facility protection. Specific optical properties of the core and cladding enable
In fiber optic applications, the entrance to a building for fiber optic light to be contained within the core as it travels along the fiber.
cables.
Fiber Break Locator
Epoxy An instrument used as a simplified method of locating breaks within
An adhesive that bonds between surfaces by means of a chemical an optical fiber. Also known as a Fault Finder.
reaction in which the adhesive cures as it dries. Epoxy is used in fiber
optic applications to adhere a connector ferrule to the fiber. Fiber Coating
A coating surrounding the cladding of an optical fiber during the draw
Ethernet Passive Optical Network EPON process to protect the fiber from handling and the environment.
An IEEE 802.3 standard PON architecture for transmitting standard
gigabit Ethernet frames with symmetric 1Gbps upstream and Fiber Distribution Unit FDU
downstream rates. Also referred to as Gigabit Ethernet PON or An enclosure that houses and organizes groups of optical fibers.
GEPON.
Fiber Optic Cable
Extrinsic Joint Loss A telecommunications cable comprising one or more optical fibers.
The portion of optical signal loss at a joint that is not intrinsic to the
optical fibers, usually caused by misalignment between the fibers, end Fiber Optics
separation, and imperfections in the end finish of either fiber. The transmission of light through optical fibers for telecommunications
applications.
F Fiber Plant
All the installed fiber, splices, patch panels, and connectors in a
structured cabling installation.
FabryPerot FP Laser
A standard laser diode that uses a laser oscillator comprised of two Fiber Surface Finish
mirrors with an amplifying medium between them. An FP laser is A term describing or denoting the quality of the polishing at the end
constructed as an edge-emitting semiconductor laser diode that of a fiber.
operates at 1310nm for singlemode fiber.
Fiber to the Building/Business FTTB
Fiber optic service to a business or building.

Fiber to the Curb FTTC

Fiber optic service to a node within a residential neighborhood. The
G
node in turn feeds several homes via copper wiring.
Gain
Fiber to the Desk FTTD (1) A general term for an increase in signal power or voltage produced
Fiber optic runs to individual desktops. by an amplifier. The amount of gain is usually expressed in decibels
above a reference level. Opposite of attenuation. (2) The amplification
Fiber to the Home FTTH of a signal, unit, or system. Expressed in the unit of measurement
Fiber optic service to individual homes. appropriate to the signal or system. (3) In fiber optics applications,
the measurement of back reflections using an Optical Time Domain
Fiber Channel Reflectometer OTDR, due to a mismatch in core sizes between
An industry standard for connecting computers for gigabit-speed adjoining optical fibers.
transmission over twisted pair and optical fiber at distances up to
10km. Gainer
In fiber optic applications, a backscatter measurement condition
Figure 8 with an OTDR that indicates a perceived increase in power. A gainer
In fiber optics, a method of polishing the end of a connector in a occurs when two fibers with different backscattering characteristics
figure 8 pattern to minimize scratches. are spliced together.
Fillers Gigabit Ethernet Passive Optical Network GEPON

Non-conducting materials incorporated into the construction of a An IEEE 802.3 standard PON architecture for transmitting standard
fiber optic cable to add roundness, flexibility, tensile strength, or a gigabit Ethernet frames with symmetric 1Gbps upstream and
combination of all three. downstream rates. Also referred to as Ethernet PON or EPON.
Flat Polish Gigabit Passive Optical Network GPON

In fiber optics, a condition at a ferrule where the end-faces of a fiber An ITU-T G.984 standard PON architecture with a downstream rate
optic cable and the ferrule tip are polished flat. of 2.488Gbps and an upstream rate of 1.244Gbps.
Frequency Modulation FM Graded Index Fiber

A method of combining an information signal with a carrier signal so An optical fiber in which the index of refraction within the core of a
that it may be transmitted. FM radio is frequency modulated. Audio multimode fiber decreases with the radius from the fiber axis. The
is encoded on the carrier by varying the frequency in response to the index of refraction usually follows a parabolic profile from the fiber axis
audio. to the cladding, effectively addressing modal dispersion throughout
the fiber link.
Fiber Optic Transmission System FOTS
A type of data transmission using electromagnetic energy in the form Graded Index Plastic Optical Fiber GI-POF
of light waves. A plastic multimode optical fiber with an index of refraction within the
core that decreases from the fiber axis to the cladding. The index of
Frequency Division Multiplexing FDM refraction usually follows a parabolic profile from the fiber axis to the
The combining of two or more signals into a single carrier signal cladding, effectively addressing modal dispersion throughout the
for transmission through FM frequency modulation. Each signal fiber link.
modulates the carrier signal at a different region of the frequency
spectrum.
I
Fresnel Reflection
The partial reflection of light that occurs at the boundary between
Index Matching Gel
two materials with different indexes of refraction. In fiber optics, this
A special gel with an index of refraction similar to that of the optical
is considered a loss when light is partially reflected at a glass-air
fiber core. It is applied at the fiber end-face to minimize loss due
interface.
to Fresnel reflection in mechanical splices or cleave and crimp
connectors.
Fusion Splicer
An instrument that is used to bond, or fuse two optical fibers together
Index Matching Material
by heating, usually generated by a high intensity electrical arc.
Material with an index of refraction similar to that of the optical fiber
core. They are applied at the end-faces of adjoining optical fibers to
minimize losses due to Fresnel reflection.
Index of Refraction
The ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum to the speed of light in a
material. Also known as the refractive index.
www.extron.com 103
Injection Laser Diode ILD

A laser in which the lasing, or stimulated emission of coherent light,
K
occurs at the p-n junction of a semiconductor.
Kevlar
Inline Splice Closure A brand name from DuPont for aramid yarn, used in the construction
An enclosure which houses the spliced fiber optic cable and provides of cables to provide strength and strain relief.
cable ports at opposite ends.
Innerduct L
A duct, usually non-metallic, that may be placed within cable trays
or HVAC ducts, to be used as conduit for installation of fiber optic
cables. Lapping Film
Sheets of film used for polishing ferrule end-faces, comprising a film
Insertion Loss backing with mineral particles at various ratings for grit or coarseness.
The loss of optical power as a result of incorporating components
such as connectors, couplers, or splices into an optical fiber system. Laser
Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation. An optical
Inspection Scope source that generates coherent light within a narrow band of
A microscope specifically for inspecting fiber optic connectors. wavelengths.
Interbuilding Backbone Laser Chirp

A backbone network that provides communication between buildings, A sudden change in the center wavelength of a laser, caused by
such as on a university or corporate campus, or military installation. reflected or crosstalk optical energy entering the lasing chamber.
Intermediate Cross-Connect IC Laser Diode

A cross-connect, usually a patch panel, used to provide backbone A semiconductor device that produces coherent light within a narrow
cabling between the MC - Main Cross-Connect and HC - Horizontal band of wavelengths.
Cross-Connect.
Laser-Optimized Multimode Fiber
Intermediate Distribution Frame IDF A multimode fiber with higher bandwidth than legacy multimode fiber,
In telecommunications applications, a metal rack, located in an designed for transmission with laser based sources operating at
equipment room or closet, that provides connection between 850nm such as VCSEL.
interbuilding cabling and the intrabuilding cabling.
Light
Intersymbol Interference ISI The region of the electromagnetic spectrum that can be perceived
In fiber optics, the interference between adjacent digital bits in a serial by human vision, also known as the visible spectrum, which covers
digital stream caused by pulse spreading in an optical fiber. Pulse the wavelength range between about 0.4 m to 0.7 m. In laser
spreading in an optical fiber due to dispersion in an optical fiber. and optical communications, this term denotes a broader portion
of the electromagnetic spectrum, from the near-ultraviolet region of
Intrabuilding Backbone approximately 0.3m, through the visible region, and into the infrared
The backbone network within a building that provides region to 30m.
communications to individual offices and users.
Light Emitting Diode LED
Intrinsic Coupling Losses A semiconductor device that emits incoherent, narrow-spectrum light
Losses due to inherent differences in the characteristics of the optical within the p-n junction.
fibers being spliced.
Light Source
Information Transport System ITS In fiber optics, a generic term for the optical signal transmitter in an
Information Transport System or Intelligent Traffic System. optical loss test set - OLTS.
Lightguide
J Also known as an optical waveguide or optical fiber, a glass or plastic
fiber with the ability to guide light along its axis. It comprises a core at
the center, surrounded by a cladding with a lower refractive index to
Jacket keep the light within the core through total internal reflection.
Outer protective covering of a wire or cable.
Link
An optical cable with connectors attached to the transmitter and
receiver.

Loose Tube Cable Microbending Loss

A type of fiber optic cable in which the fiber is encased within a Loss in an optical fiber due to sharp, microscopic curvatures, caused
loosely surrounded buffer tube underneath the jacketing. The tube is by imperfections in fiber coating, cabling, packaging, and installation,
usually for protection in outdoor installations. such as cinching fibers too tightly with a tie wrap.
Loose Tube Gel Filled LTGF Micron m

A Loose Buffer Cable that is filled with an insulating gel material. A micron, or a millionth (10-6) of a meter.
Loss Mid-Entry
In fiber optics, the loss of optical power in connectors, splices, and In fiber optics, the opening up of a fiber optic cable mid-span in order
fiber defects as light passes through a fiber optic system. to access the fibers inside.
Loss Budget Military Tactical Cable

A specified, maximum tolerable loss of optical power, or attenuation Heavy-duty cable designed for rugged installations in adverse
of light, as it passes through a fiber optic system. The loss budget is environments.
calculated as the difference between the transmitter output power
and the receiver sensitivity. Mini Zipcord
A 2 to 3mm diameter fiber optic cable with two jacketed fibers that
Lucent Connector LC can be separated.
A high-density optical fiber connector becoming more popular and
replacing the popular SC due to the smaller size. LCs are used on Modal Bandwidth
Extron fiber optic products. In fiber optics, the bandwidth-length product, measured in MHz-km
at a specified wavelength, of an optical fiber due to modal dispersion.
M Modal Dispersion
In fiber optics, the dispersion of a single optical pulse into various
modes which arrive at the light receiving device at different times. This
Macrobending
limits the performance of multimode optical fiber.
A term that describes a macroscopic deviation of an optical fibers
axis from a straight line due to bending, to the extent that optical loss
Mode
occurs. Excessive macrobending enables the light traveling down the
A path for light within an optical fiber. Singlemode fiber comprises a
core to strike the core-cladding boundary at an angle of incidence
single path, while in multimode fiber, there are multiple light paths.
less than the critical angle. A portion of the light transmits into the
core and is lost.
Mode Field Diameter MFD
A measure of the spot size or beam width of light propagating in a
Main Cross-Connect MC
singlemode optical fiber. Usually this is 20% larger than the diameter
The central portion of a facilitys backbone cabling that provides
of the core.
connectivity between equipment rooms, entrance facilities, horizontal
cross-connects, and intermediate cross-connects.
Mode Filter
A device that removes higher-order modes in multimode fiber.
Main Distribution Frame MDF
A signal distribution frame that connects lines from the outside and
Multimode Fiber MMF
lines on the inside.
An optical fiber that allows for the propagation of more than one
mode or light path. It is commonly used with LED light sources for
Matched-Clad Optical Fiber
shorter distance links.
A singlemode optical fiber with a cladding of uniform refractive index,
favored for being less susceptible to bending and splice losses.
Multiple Termination Plug MTP
A small form factor SFF plug for multiple fibers.
Mechanical Splice
A splice between optical fibers accomplished by using a mechanical
fixture and an index gel, rather than by thermal fusion.
N
Messenger Wire
A wire that is used as the supporting element of a suspended aerial Nanometer nm
cable. This wire may be an integral part of, or external to the cable. A nanometer, or one billionth (10-9) of a meter.
Microbend Non-Blocking Matrix Switching

A localized defect in an optical fiber at the core-cladding boundary, Allows any input to be switched to one or more outputs, including
caused by mechanical stress that results in sharp, microscopic multiple signal switches occurring simultaneously.
curvatures in the fiber.
www.extron.com 105
Numerical Aperture NA Passive Optical Network PON

The sine of the acceptance angle, a critically defined angle A fiber optic network architecture comprising non-powered optical
measurement from the center axis of the fiber. Incoming light must components, including singlemode fiber, splitters, and couplers in
be directed below this angle in order to enter the core of the fiber and fiber-to-the-premises FTTx applications. Cable television companies
propagate along its length through total internal reflection. and other providers use PONs in the optical access network to deliver
voice, data, and video services to homes and businesses.
Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted Fiber NZDS Fiber
A singlemode fiber with the zero-dispersion wavelength slightly Photodetector
beyond the spectral region for transmission in order to improve A device that senses incoming light and outputs an electrical signal in
performance. response to the light.
Photon
O An elementary unit of light with both waveform and particle properties.
Physical Contact PC
Optical Access Network OAN
In fiber optics, the point at which a glass surface, such as that of
Fiber optic cables, splitters, and couplers installed between service
a fiber, physically touches another glass surface, usually that of a
providers and customers.
connector. PC polished connectors can be used with SPC or UPC
polished connectors but are not compatible with APC polished
Optical Density connectors. Intermixing APC polished connectors with UPC/SPC/PC
The property of a material that causes light to travel at a slower speed
polished connectors can damage the fiber optic cable or equipment.
than that of light traveling through a vacuum.
Multimode applications always use PC, SPC, or UPC polished
connectors.
Optical Distribution Network ODN
A fiber optic network within an OAN that delivers a single optical
Physical Plant
signal from a service provider to multiple nodes or terminals.
Infrastructure components including cable, connectors, splices,
panels, splitters, repeaters, and regenerators necessary to propagate
Optical Loss Test Set OLTS the light signal between the transmitters and receivers of a fiber optic
Test equipment for singlemode or multimode optical fiber comprising system.
a light source and a power meter, used to measure optical signal loss
along the fiber and any connectors in between.
Pigtail
A short length of cable with one end terminated with a connector and
Optical Return Loss ORL the other end spliced or hard-wired to existing cable or equipment.
A measure, in dB, of the amount of optical power reflected within a
fiber optic pathway due to the fiber and optical components.
Pigtail Assembly
A short length of fiber optic cable with one end terminated with a
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer OTDR connector, and the other end fixed to a transmitter, receiver, or long
An instrument in fiber optics used to measure backscattered light in length of cable via a splice.
the detection of loss and defects along a span of optical fiber.
Pitting
Output Power In fiber optics, an undesirable end-face polishing condition resulting
In fiber optics, this is the radiant power, expressed in watts or dBm. from the use of lapping film that has been contaminated with fiber
optic and grit particles. Pitting can also denote small cracks in the
Overfilled Launch Condition OFL end-face due to exposure of cleaning agents to intense light through
In fiber optics, a condition where the incoming light has a spot size a fiber.
and numerical apertureNA larger than acceptable by the fiber.
Typically associated with LED transmission and multimode cable. Plastic Optical Fiber POF
Optical fibers in which the core and cladding are made of plastic.
The diameter of the core is often larger than that of glass fiber.
P
Plug
Passive Optical LAN POL In AV and fiber optics, this is also known as the male connector.
A fiber optic network for enterprise local area networks that is based
upon gigabit passive optical network technology. Polarization Mode Dispersion
In fiber optics, the effect of light traveling at different speeds
dependent upon the orientation of the light wave as it travels down
the fiber. Polarization mode dispersion primarily affects singlemode
fiber over very long distances.

Polishing Paper Receiver Sensitivity

A plastic polishing sheet for optical fiber or connector end-faces with The minimum optical power necessary for the photodetector in
fine grit on one side. a receiver to achieve a specified BER - Bit Error Rate or other
performance specification such as signal-to-noise ratio.
Polishing Puck
A fixture for optical fiber end-face polishing, used to support a fiber Reflectance
optic connector ferrule in place, properly aligned to the lapping film. In fiber optics, the ratio of optical power reflected to the incident
power at a connector junction or other component or device. It is
Positive Intrinsic Negative Diode PIN Diode expressed as a negative value in decibels dB.
A type of photodiode or optical signal transducer that converts light to
an electrical signal, used in fiber optic receivers. Reflections
With video signals, reflections can be caused by energy that is not
Positive Intrinsic Negative Field Effect Transistor PIN-FET absorbed by the load, or a termination, and is reflected, possibly
A type of photo-detector or optical signal transducer that converts combining with the original signal. Reflected signals can occur when
light to an electrical signal, used in fiber optic receivers. The PIN-FET the impedance does not match due to wrong termination or mixing
is a hybrid device that combines a PIN diode with a high-speed FET. of cable impedance. Some of the undesirable results of reflection
include Y/C delays, color smearing, ghosts, and ringing on luma but
Power Meter not on color. In fiber optics, abrupt changes in the direction of light at
A device that measures the power at the end of a fiber. an interface between two dissimilar media so that the light returns to
its origin.
Precision Cleaver
A fiber optic tool used to trim an optical fiber for termination or Refraction
splicing. Precision cleavers scribe and cleave the fiber in a single The change in direction of light as it passes from one medium to
step to produce a clean, flat fiber end for low-loss terminations and another, dissimilar medium. Refraction also occurs as light passes
splices. These cleavers can be used to trim all types of glass fiber, through a graded-index medium in which the refractive index varies
including singlemode and laser-optimized multimode fibers. within the medium.
Profile Alignment System PAS Refractive Index

A technique for fusion splicing that employs a high-performance Also known as the Index of Refraction, the ratio of the speed of light
camera to precisely align the cores of two optical fibers. in a vacuum to the speed of light in a material.
Pulse Broadening Repeater/Regenerator

An increase in the duration of a pulse. A repeater is a device that detects a weak signal and boosts its
power for continued transmission. A regenerator receives a signal and
Pulse Code Modulation PCM regenerates or reconstructs its waveform for transmission.
A method used to convert an analog signal into noise-free digital data
that can be stored and manipulated by computer. For example, PCM Return Loss
of a 4kHz bandwidth analog signal that takes an 8-bit sample 8,000 A measure of reflected energy in decibels at a specific frequency and
times each second results in 64Kbits of data per second. cable length.
Pulse Spreading RFI

The dispersion of an optical signal as it traverses along an optical Radio Frequency Interference. High frequency interference from
fiber. Also known as Pulse Dispersion. transmissions such as telephones, microwaves, and television
stations.
Pulse Width
The time during which a source, such as a laser, is in an on state. Ribbon Cable
A cable with several copper wires or optical fibers, each jacketed
side-by-side in a flat, ribbon-like structure.
R
Ribbon Splice
Receive Rx The splicing of individual optical fibers of a ribbon cable, with each
In fiber optics, to detect an optical signal from a fiber optic cable using fiber spliced on a groove of a substrate or etched silicon chip. Each
a photodetector, such as a PIN diode, APD, or PIN-FET, and convert groove is spaced evenly and a flat cover holds the fibers in place on
it to an electrical signal. The receive port of a transceiver. the substrate.
Receiver Ripcord
In fiber optics, this is the device at the receiving end of a fiber A cord of strong yarn, situated under the cable jacketing, used to
optic system that converts an optical signal to an electrical facilitate stripping and removal of the jacket.
signal, and houses the necessary signal processing to output
telecommunications, data, or AV signals.
www.extron.com 107
Riser Simplex Cable

A type of cable designed for vertical runs in shafts spanning multiple A cable comprising a single optical fiber.
floors in a building.
Singlemode Fiber SMF
An optical fiber with a small core, through which only a single mode
S can propagate.
Source
Sag
The optical source in a fiber optic system, usually an LED or laser
A measure of the amount of sag in a fiber optic cable, taken at the
diode.
midpoint of a span of cable between two points of support.
Speed of Light
Sag Section
2.998 x 108 meters per second in free space.
A section defining a span of fiber optic cable between two points of
support.
Splice
A permanent connection between the ends of two optical fibers by
Sag Span
mechanically joining them together, or heating to fuse them together.
A span selected within a sag section, used as a control to determine
the proper sag, and therefore, tension of a fiber optic cable. At least
Splice Closure
two, and normally three sag spans in a sag section are required to
A housing designed to protect splices in an optical fiber from
sag a section properly.
damage, sealing them from the external environment.
Sag Tension
Splice Organizer
The tension at which a fiber optic cable is designed to be installed.
A device that facilitates the splicing of optical fibers, and serves as
their permanent storage.
Scattering
The change in direction of light rays or photons after striking small
Splice Panel
atomic particles, including the molecular structure of the glass, within
A rack or wall-mounted panel that allows fiber optic cables to be
the core of the fiber. Scattering is the primary source of attenuation in
organized and spliced. The panel holds splice trays, cable routing,
optical fiber.
and slack storage.
Scribe
Splice Protector
Scratching the surface of the fiber so that it can be precisely and
In fiber optics, a device used to provide protection and mechanical
cleanly cut at a right angle to the fiber axis.
strength to a fusion splice, so that it can be handled and organized
into a splice tray or other storage.
Scribe Tool
A device consisting of a scribing blade, usually made from diamond
Splice Tray
or tungsten carbide, used to scribe, or score a fiber to allow for a
A container that is used to secure, organize, and protect individual
clean break and a smooth end-face.
spliced optical fibers.
Service Loop
Stapler Cleaver
A deliberately allotted slack of fiber optic cable, in a splice tray,
A low-cost tool used to trim standard multimode fiber in preparation
closure, vault, or communications output, to accommodate future
for termination. Also called a pocket cleaver or beaver tail cleaver,
needs.
this stapler-shaped tool is not recommended for singlemode or
laser-optimized multimode fiber. For a more meticulous trim, use a
Sheath
precision cleaver.
Also known as a cable jacket, the outer protective covering of wire or
fiber optic cable.
Step Index Fiber
A fiber in which the refractive index is uniform throughout the core.
Short Wavelength Division Multiplexing - SWDM
On the other hand, for a graded index fiber, the refractive index of the
SWDM is the combining of multiple signals, typically four, onto a
core radially varies between the fiber axis and the cladding.
multimode fiber. Each signal operates at a unique wavelength in the
range of 850 nm to 953 nm.
Straight Tip ST
A popular legacy fiber optic connector with a twist lock design similar
Signal-to-Noise Ratio SNR
to a BNC. The ST connector has a 2.5 mm ferrule.
Also stated as "S/N ratio". The ratio is expressed in decibels as a
ratio between the signal level and that of the noise accompanying the
Stripper
signal. The higher the S/N ratio, the better the quality of the signal.
A tool used to remove the jacket that surrounds a cable or an
individual wire within the cable. In fiber optics, a stripper is used to
remove the buffer coating from an optical fiber.

Subscriber Connector SC Total Internal Reflection

A popular fiber optic connector that features a snap push-pull The total reflection of light as it reaches a boundary between two
coupling type. Being replaced by the LC in most applications. optical media at an angle of incidence greater than the critical angle.
Super Physical Contact SPC Transceiver

In fiber optics, a specific end-face polish for a connector to A device that can operate as a transmitter, receiver, or both.
achieve typically a -50 dB return loss in singlemode applications. Transmit Tx
SPC polished connectors can be used with PC or UPC polished In fiber optics, to send an optical signal down a fiber optic cable
connectors but are not compatible with APC polished connectors. using a light source, such as an LED or laser. The transmit port of a
Intermixing APC polished connectors with UPC/SPC/PC polished transceiver.
connectors can damage the fiber optic cable or equipment.
Multimode applications always use PC, SPC, or UPC polished Transmitter
connectors. A device that converts from one signal type to another for
transmission. In fiber optics, the component or subsystem that
converts an electrical signal to an optical signal and launches the
T optical signal down a fiber optic cable using a light source, such as an
LED or laser.
Tap
Tunable Laser
A fiber optic device that extracts a signal from an optical fiber by
A laser in which its central wavelength can be varied or optimized as
diverting a fraction of the light into another fiber.
desired for a particular application.
Tee Coupler
A T-shaped fiber optic coupler with one input and two outputs.
U
Telecommunications Closet
An enclosed, secure space for housing telecommunications Ultra Physical Contact UPC
equipment, cable terminations, and cross connects. In fiber optics, a specific endface polish for a connector to achieve
typically a -60 dB return loss in singlemode applications. UPC has
Termination become the most common polish for fiber optic connectors in digital
(1) A load or impedance at the end of a cable or signal line used to applications. UPC polished connectors can be used with PC or
match the impedance of the equipment that generated the signal. SPC polished connectors but are not compatible with APC polished
The impedance absorbs signal energy to prevent signal reflections connectors. Intermixing APC polished connectors with UPC/SPC/PC
from going back toward the source. For video signals, termination polished connectors can damage the fiber optic cable or equipment.
impedance is typically 75ohms; for sync signals, it is usually Multimode applications always use PC, SPC, or UPC polished
510ohms. (2) A connector at the end of a cable. connectors.
Termination Tools Underfilled Launch Condition ULC

Tools used in the preparation and installation of connectors on cables In fiber optics, a condition where the incoming light only fills a small
or optical fibers. percentage of the fiber core.
Terminator
A device that provides termination for a signal line or several signal lines V
at the end of a cable. Usually a close-tolerance resistor for each signal,
a terminator is often mounted in its own enclosed connector, making it
easy to install. In fiber optics, an optical plug used to fully terminate the
Vault
A storage product that houses fiber optic cable slack and splice trays.
optical path so no light is reflected back toward the source.
Tight-Buffered Cable VCSEL

A fiber optic cable for indoor use in which the buffer coating tightly Vertical Cavity Surface Emission Laser. A high speed, low cost laser
surrounds the cladding for extra protection and provides color-coded diode that emits perpendicular to the surface of the chip, rather than
identification. from an edge.
Time Division Multiplexing TDM Visible Light

A digital transmission scheme where the channel is divided into two The region of the electromagnetic spectrum that is visible to the
or more time slots or subchannels, such that the subchannels are human eye, from 380 to 770 nm.
taking turns in the bit stream. Multiple digital signals are multiplexed
into a serial digital stream. The serial digital stream is transmitted
to the receiver where it is de-multiplexed into the individual digital
signals.
www.extron.com 109
Visual Fault Locator VFL

A fiber optic light source that emits a visible laser light, usually around
a wavelength of 635nm. A VFL is used during fiber termination
for locating breaks in fiber optic cables, for locating a fiber within a
bundle, and other similar applications.
Waveguide Dispersion
The distortion of an electromagnetic signal, or in the case of fiber
optics, light as it encounters a waveguide and is dispersed into
multiple components of different modes or wavelengths.
Wavelength
The distance from one peak to the next between identical points in
adjacent waves of electromagnetic signals propagated in space or
along a wire. Wavelength is usually specified in meters, centimeters,
or millimeters. In the case of infrared, visible light, ultraviolet, and
gamma radiation, the wavelength is usually specified in nanometers
(10e-9 meter) or Angstroms (10e-10 meter). Wavelength is inversely
related to frequency. The higher the frequency of the signal, the
shorter the wavelength.
Wavelength Division Multiplexing WDM

The combination of two or more optical signals at different
wavelengths for transmission within a single optical fiber.
Wavelength Division Multiplexing Passive Optical Network

WDM PON
A non-standard version of a PON that uses CWDM and DWDM
technologies in an Optical Access Network OAN.
White Light
A blend of multiple colors of the visible portion of electromagnetic
spectrum, resulting in light that is white in color to the human eye.
Wideband Multimode Fiber - WBMMF

WBMMF is a multimode fiber defined by the ANSI/TIA-492AAAE
standard to enable high-speed data transmission at wavelengths
in the range from 850 nm to 953 nm, compared to OM4 which is
only defined for use at 850 nm. WBMMF has an effective modal
bandwidth of at least 4700 MHz-km at 850 nm to maintain
backwards compatibility with OM4 fiber, and an effective modal
bandwidth of at least 2470 MHz-km at 953 nm for Short Wavelength
Division Multiplexing SWDM.
Zipcord
A cable comprising two jacketed wires or optical fibers that are
conjoined together and can be separated.

Fiber Optic Technology

What is optical fiber? What wavelengths are used with multimode fiber?
Optical fiber is a glass or plastic filament that guides a light wave Multimode fiber is capable of transmitting a wavelength at or around
along its path. 850nm, 1300nm, and 1550nm. The most common wavelengths
used on legacy OM1 and OM2 fiber are 850nm and 1300nm
What is multimode fiber? due to the availability of low cost semiconductor light sources and
photodetectors. OM3 and OM4 laser-optimized multimode fibers
Multimode fiber is optical fiber that allows light to travel down multiple
have been designed for minimum modal dispersion and maximum
paths, also referred to as modes. It features a core diameter of 50 to
bandwidth performance at 850nm using a VCSEL light source.
62.5microns. Multimode fiber can be used to transmit AV signals in
Longer wavelengths, such as 1310nm and 1550nm, result in a
short to intermediate-distance applications, such as within a building.
significantly reduced bandwidth and are not typically used for high-
speed multimode applications.
What is singlemode fiber?
Singlemode fiber is optical fiber that allows light to travel down a What wavelengths are used with singlemode fiber?
single path known as the fundamental mode. It features a core
The most common wavelengths are 1310nm and 1550nm. At
diameter of 8 to 10microns. Singlemode fiber can be used to
1310nm, chromatic dispersion is near zero, and at 1550nm,
transmit AV signals over extreme distances up to many miles or
attenuation is near its minimum. CWDM and DWDM wavelengths
kilometers.
are also used in singlemode fiber. CWDM wavelengths range from
1271nm to 1610nm, and DWDM wavelengths range from 1510nm
How is an AV signal transmitted down a fiber? to 1610nm. In OS1 singlemode fiber, wavelengths around 1390nm
A fiber optic transmitter converts the AV signal into an optical signal, should be avoided due to high attenuation caused by absorption.
using a VCSEL or laser diode as a light source. A glass fiber guides OS2 singlemode fiber is capable of transmitting any wavelength
the optical AV signal along its path. A photodetector in a fiber optic above its cutoff wavelength.
receiver at the far end of the fiber converts the optical AV signal back
into an electrical AV signal. What is the cutoff wavelength for singlemode fiber?
The cutoff wavelength for singlemode fiber is the minimum
What is a light-emitting diode? wavelength that supports one mode of propagation. Above the cutoff
A light-emitting diode LED is a semiconductor device that emits wavelength, singlemode fiber propagates only one mode. Below
light when an electrical current passes through it. An LED that emits the cutoff wavelength, singlemode fiber propagates more than one
visible light is used in a variety of applications, including signage, mode, similar to multimode fiber. Therefore, singlemode fiber must
area lighting, numerical displays, and indicator lights on electrical use wavelengths greater than the cutoff wavelength, which is typically
equipment. In fiber optics, an LED is used as a light source for low- around 1250nm.
speed signals such as, TOSLINK or 100BASE-SX Ethernet, due to
its low cost. An LED is not recommended for transmitting high speed How is an electrical AV signal converted into an optical
video signals over fiber.
AV signal?
An electrical AV signal is converted into an optical AV signal using
What is a laser diode?
an optical transmitter or an electrical-to-optical converter. An optical
A laser diode is a semiconductor device that emits a narrow beam of transmitter uses a laser diode as the light source, varying the intensity
coherent light, such as the beam of light from a laser pointer. In AV of the laser light in accordance with the electrical signal. For an analog
fiber optic transmitters, laser diodes are used as the light source for signal, the intensity of the light source varies with the voltage or
transmitting video, audio, and control signals. current of the electrical signal. For digital signals, the light intensity is
high or low, which represents logical ones or zeros.
What is a VCSEL?
VCSEL stands for Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Laser. A VCSEL is How is an optical AV signal converted back into an
a special type of laser diode that has lower manufacturing costs than electrical AV signal?
other types of laser diodes. It can be mass-produced with high yield An optical signal is converted back into an electrical signal using
rates and has a smaller PCB footprint, making it ideal for use in fiber an optical receiver or an optical-to-electrical converter. The optical
optic transmitters to send high resolution video, audio, and control receiver uses a photodetector to receive the optical signal and
signals. convert it into an electrical signal.
What is a photodetector?
A photodetector is a semiconductor device that converts an optical
signal into an electrical signal. A photodetector is used in a fiber optic
receiver to convert optical AV signals.
www.extron.com 111
Fiber Optic Technology

What are the problems with the direct conversion of What are the advantages of fiber optic AV systems in
analog video signals into optical signals? government applications?
The direct conversion of an analog electrical signal to an optical signal Copper wires emit electrical signals that can be picked up with
and back has non-linear effects that distort analog video signals. It is special listening equipment. To avoid these emissions, secure areas
difficult to compensate for these distortions. Fiber also has attenuation in government buildings and at military installations are electrically
that causes optical power to dim over longer distances. When the isolated from other parts of the facility to prevent any stray electrical
dimmed optical signal is converted back into an electrical signal, the emissions. Since optical fiber is immune to electrical interference and
voltage levels are too low. Amplifiers can compensate for low voltage, has zero electrical emissions, it is preferred over copper wire to carry
but also increase signal noise, thereby reducing the signal-to-noise sensitive information. To intercept an optical signal traveling down a
ratio. Fiber optic AV equipment that uses analog techniques suffers fiber, the connection must be interrupted, which is easily detectable.
from increased noise and distortion, which produces a low quality Since optical fiber is made of glass, it can also be used to transmit
video signal. information between secure facilities that are electrically isolated.
How does Extron handle analog video signals in its What are the advantages of fiber optic AV systems in
fiber optic products? medical applications?
Extron fiber optic products convert analog signals to digital signals Medical systems need to isolate electrical equipment from the patient
for an all-digital transmission of video, audio, and control signals. for safety, usually have space constraints for cable runs, and must
Converting the analog video signal to a digital signal for optical limit the effect of electrical interference on other sensitive medical
transmission ensures the highest quality video. equipment. Additionally, high-voltage video displays must be isolated
from medical imaging machines. Often, the displays are mounted
on booms so that they can be adjusted for optimal viewing by the
surgeon and other medical staff. This type of mounting system
Fiber Optic Applications requires that the cabling medium be small but also strong. Since fiber
optic cables are made of glass, they isolate displays from medical
imaging devices, are small enough to fit inside of mounting booms,
How far can I transmit an AV signal on an optical fiber?
and emit no electrical signals that could affect other equipment.
Optical AV signals can be transmitted for several kilometers or miles
on singlemode fiber, and hundreds of meters or thousands of feet
What are the advantages of fiber optic AV systems in
on multimode fiber. Newer, laser-optimized multimode fiber may
extend transmission distances up to 2km. Typically, multimode fiber hazardous environments?
is used within buildings, between floors or on the same floor, while There are often explosive or flammable vapors or gases in hazardous
singlemode fiber is designed for long haul transmission between environments. If a copper wire carrying an electrical signal breaks,
buildings on a campus or between facilities. there is usually a spark, which can ignite the vapors in this type of
environment. Since fiber optic cables carry light, they do not spark if
What AV applications require fiber technology? broken. For this reason, fiber optic cable is often used in hazardous
environments.
Fiber optical technology is ideal when transmitting video, audio,
and control signals over long distances, in secure or hazardous
environments, or anywhere future-proofing an AV system is What are the advantages of fiber optic AV systems in
important. Long distance transmission makes fiber optic products electrically noisy environments?
ideal for installation in stadiums, college campuses, medical facilities, Heavy equipment, such as industrial machinery, air conditioners, and
corporate campuses, performing arts centers, concert halls, and motors emit strong electrical signals that can interfere with AV signals
office buildings. Low signal emissions make fiber optic products carried in nearby copper wires. Made of glass, fiber optic cables
preferred for secure environments such as military or government do not pick up stray electrical signals, and are immune to electrical
applications. Fiber optics is the ideal technology for multi-gigabit interference.
digital video standards, ensuring that an AV system is upgradable to
future standards. How can fiber optic technology future-proof an AV
system?
What are the advantages of fiber AV systems in large The transition to digital video standards and higher resolutions has
venues and long haul transmissions? revealed the many limitations of copper cabling. High resolution digital
Optical fiber is low-loss compared to electrical wire, and can transmit video signals run at multi-gigabit data rates, pushing copper cabling
a signal over very long distances without the need of a repeater. to its limits. Installing fiber optic cables in today's systems provides
Comparatively, optical transmission is lower in cost than electrical a path for future video signals, including emerging 4K and Ultra HD
transmission for long distances. standards. Fiber optic cable is an ideal cabling solution for the multi-
gigabit data rates and long distances required in future AV systems.

Design Considerations
How does the size and weight of fiber cable compare Can singlemode and multimode fiber be intermixed?
to coaxial cable? Developing a system that uses both singlemode and multimode
Optical fiber is much smaller and lighter than electrical cables, and fiber is possible if using a switching system that supports both fiber
has a capacity that is thousands of times greater than coaxial cable. types, such as the Extron FOXMatrix Series. Singlemode fiber must
A 1,000meter (3,280foot) length of a 24-fiber distribution cable be connected to a singlemode port, and multimode fiber must be
weighs 46pounds and is 8.7mm (0.33inches) in diameter, compared connected to a multimode port. Directly connecting singlemode and
to a 24-cable bundle of RG-6 that weighs 3,600pounds and has multimode fiber is not recommended as the difference in core sizes
nearly five times the diameter at 38mm (1.5inches). In practice, introduces losses into the system.
however, it would be impossible to transmit high resolution digital
video over 1,000meters of RG-6, while the fiber optic cable has What are the types of fiber optic connectors?
more than enough capacity to carry multiple HD video signals over Common types of fiber optic connectors include the ST, SC, FC/PC,
thousands of meters with pixel-for-pixel performance. FC/ APC, and LC. The LC connector is very popular due to its high
performance, small size, and ease of use. Multi-fiber connectors are
When should singlemode fiber be used in an AV also gaining popularity. The MTP/MPO are the preferred connector
system? type for 40Gbps and 100Gbps data transmission standards.
Singlemode fiber is ideal for long haul transmissions of up to 30km
(18.75miles). It is ideal for transmitting signals between buildings What if I am installing equipment that uses a different
on a college or corporate campus. It can also be used for long haul connector than the existing fiber infrastructure?
transmission between separate facilities. The ST and SC connectors have often been standardized for
legacy fiber installations. However, the LC connector is preferred for
When should multimode fiber be used in an AV system? modern installations due to its compact size, self-locking feature, and
Multimode fiber is used to transmit signals for hundreds of meters alignment capability. The recommended solution is to terminate each
or thousands of feet. It is ideal for transmitting signals between end of the cable with the appropriate connector type. Alternatively,
floors of a building, or from an equipment room to a wide variety of an adapter can be used with a patch cable to convert from one
presentation rooms and spaces. connector type to another.
What type of multimode fiber should be used for new What is an optical loss budget?
installations? An optical loss budget is the maximum amount of optical loss or
OM4 or OM3 laser-optimized multimode fiber is recommended for attenuation allowable in a fiber optic link. It is calculated as the
all new installations, and OM4 is preferred. The resolution and color difference between the output power of the transmitter and the
depth of video signals continue to climb. OM4 or better fiber optic sensitivity of the receiver.
cable provides a level of future-proofing as video resolution and data
rates continue to rise. OM1 and OM2 fiber are for legacy applications How is an optical loss budget used in AV system
only, and are considered obsolete by TIA-942-A. design?
The total amount of loss in the fiber optic link is calculated by adding
What type of multimode fiber should be used when up attenuation caused by glass fiber, connectors, splices, and
adding to an existing installation? other optical components. This number is subtracted from the loss
Mixing multimode fiber with different core sizes in a single fiber run is budget to determine the loss margin. A loss margin of at least 3dB
usually not recommended. If existing fiber runs are being extended is recommended to account for future cabling repairs and aging of
through fusing or connecting fibers together, the same fiber core size optical components.
is normally used. However, if the installed fiber does not have the
capacity to handle signals due to the upgrade, it may be necessary to What types of fiber optic cables are available for AV
install OM4 or OM3 cable. applications?
Fiber optic cables are available in many different construction types
Why is singlemode fiber less costly than multimode depending on the application. As with other types of indoor cable,
fiber? fiber optic indoor cables are available as riser or plenum-rated.
Singlemode fiber has a step index core, while multimode fiber has Outdoor cables are available as aerial cables or direct burial. Armored
a graded index core with very tight performance requirements. cables are also available to provide extra protection from rodents or
Therefore, singlemode fiber is less costly to manufacture. tampering.
Why not always use singlemode fiber? What is dark fiber and how is it used for AV systems?
Laser light sources and photodetectors used for singlemode Dark fiber is pre-installed fiber optic cable that was installed for
applications are significantly more expensive than those used for future use but is not currently being used. Structured cabling is often
multimode. This difference translates into higher equipment costs for installed with extra fiber optic cables for future expansion. If available,
singlemode systems. dark fiber can be used to install new AV equipment without the
www.extron.com 113
Design Considerations
added cost of installing new fiber. When signals are being transmitted cable available. It has the information-carrying capacity to handle the
between floors of a building or between buildings on a campus, the highest resolution video resolutions in use today, and is designed to
availability of dark fiber will simplify the installation. handle even higher resolution video signals of the future.
Does Extron offer fiber optic termination products?
Extron Products Extron offers a pre-polished, no-epoxy fiber optic termination system
for quick, reliable termination of multimode and singlemode fiber optic
cables. The Extron Fiber Optic TerminationKit includes all of the tools
What types of fiber optic products does Extron offer? and equipment needed to strip, prepare, cleave, and terminate a fiber
Extron offers fiber optic matrix switchers, switchers, distribution optic cable using Extron QuickLC Fiber Optic Connectors. A visual
amplifiers, signal processors, extenders, cables, and accessories. fault locator VFL is included in the kit to provide a visual indication
Extron products enable long-haul transmission of DisplayPort, HDMI, of a properly terminated fiber optic connector.
DVI, 3G-SDI, high resolution RGB or HD component, and standard
definition video, as well as audio, RS-232 and IR control, and USB What type of fiber optic test equipment does Extron
signals over fiber optic cable at extreme distances up to 30km offer?
(18.75miles). Extron offers a Fiber Optic Test Set with all of the tools needed to
measure optical power and loss in multimode and singlemode fiber
What types of fiber do Extron fiber optic products optic AV equipment and cabling. The light source includes both a
support? multimode LED output that operates at 850nm and 1300nm, and
Extron fiber optic products include models for both multimode fiber at a singlemode laser output that operates at 1310nm and 1550nm.
850nm wavelength and singlemode fiber at 1310nm wavelength. The power meter, compatible with both multimode and singlemode
fiber and featuring an easy-to-read LCD display, is used for measuring
insertion loss in dB and optical power in dBm or watts.
What are the advantages of Extron all-digital
technology?
What training does Extron offer for using fiber optic
Extron all-digital technology delivers pixel-for-pixel transmission of
technologies in AV systems?
video signals to ensure optimal image quality at high resolutions.
Extron offers advanced fiber optic training as part of the School
of Emerging Technologies. The School of Emerging Technologies
What is the advantage of LC-type connectors on Extron
provides in-depth instruction designed to allow system designers
products? and integrators to master additional AV technologies within a short
The LC-type connector used on Extron products is very popular time span. The training concentrates on new as well as evolving
in fiber optics, due to its high performance, small size, reliable technologies, helping to refine digital AV system design by teaching
connectivity, and precise core alignment. concepts and techniques for different technologies. The student-
instructor ratio is kept low to ensure that each class member receives
What types of fiber optic cabling products does Extron individual attention. The School of Emerging Technologies provides
offer? instructor-led training and demonstration, along with hands-on
experiences in real-world scenarios to reinforce understanding of the
Extron offers fiber optic bulk cables and factory-terminated fiber
technologies.
optic cable assemblies in both OM4 laser-optimized multimode and
singlemode varieties. All Extron fiber optic cables are bend-insensitive
to simplify installation and reduce bend-induced losses. Extron cables
also include an ONFP-rated jacket for installation in plenum or riser
spaces.
What is the advantage of Extron bend-insensitive fiber

optic cabling?
Extron multimode and singlemode fiber optic cables are bend-
insensitive to simplify installation and reduce bend-induced losses.
Fiber optic bend losses are negligible down to a 7.5mm fiber bend
radius.
What is the advantage of Extron OM4 laser-optimized

fiber optic cabling?
Extron multimode fiber optic cables meet or exceed OM4
performance ratings, making it the highest performance fiber optic

Installation
What skills are needed to install optical fiber for AV How do you repair a broken fiber?
systems? Common methods for repairing broken fibers include fusion splicing,
The skills needed to install fiber optic cabling are similar to the mechanical splicing, or connector splicing. The most appropriate
skills required for installing copper cabling. Fiber optic cables are method depends on the optical loss budget, the application type,
constructed with strength members to allow pulling for long cable what equipment is available, and the skills of the repair technician.
runs. Field termination kits are available that make fiber termination as In most cases, a fusion or mechanical splice is used for repairs.
easy as terminating coaxial cable. Also, as with electrical installations, A connector splice is generally used when another component or
installers need to be trained prior to working with fiber cables. device must be installed in line with the fiber.
How far can I bend optical fibers during installation? What is a mechanical splice?
Manufacturers specify the minimum bend radius for optical fiber. It is A mechanical splice is a device that holds two fiber ends in a precisely
extremely important not to bend the fiber beyond the manufacturer's aligned position to enable light to pass from one fiber to another.
recommendation. If the specifications are unknown, the rule of thumb Index matching gel is used to hold the cores together.
is that the minimum bend radius is 20 times the cable diameter
for standard fiber optic cable. Many newer cables are using a What is a fusion splice?
special fiber construction called bend-insensitive fiber, which has an A fusion splice involves a splicing machine to align the fibers and fuse
extremely tight bend radius. or weld them together using an electric arc. This produces a very low-
loss connection that is superior to a mechanical splice. However, the
What happens if I bend a fiber too far? equipment required for fusion splicing is more costly.
Bending fiber beyond the minimum bend radius causes loss in the
fiber optic signal, and could potentially damage the fiber. How do you identify the type of dark fiber installed if it
is poorly documented?
What considerations exist when connecting fibers The color of the fiber jacket may identify the type of fiber. Multimode
using a connector? jacketing is orange or aqua, while singlemode is yellow. Cable
Special care must be taken when connecting and disconnecting markings may also help identify the manufacturer and type of cable.
optical cables to avoid damaging the fiber or the connector on the Manufacturer data sheets can provide performance specifications,
device. Dust caps should be used when a fiber cable is disconnected and an optical loss test set or OTDR helps to determine losses
to protect from damage. The fiber and connector should be in the fiber link. However, field testing to determine performance
inspected and cleaned, if needed, prior to mating. Also, there should specifications is not an option.
be no optical signal in the cable or out of the connector when
disconnecting, connecting, or during cleaning. What cable markings are used for plenum-rated fiber
optic cable?
When do I clean the fiber optic connectors? Plenum-rated fiber optic cable should be marked as OFNP, which
Both the fiber and connector ends should be inspected and cleaned, stands for Optical Fiber Non-conductive Plenum. If the fiber optic
if needed, immediately before mating. Ensure that no optical signal is cable includes a metallic armor, it is marked as OFCP for Optical Fiber
present in the fiber during cleaning. Conductive Plenum.
Why do I need to inspect and clean fiber optic What cable markings are used for riser-rated fiber optic
connectors? cable?
Even in clean environments, a single dust particle could completely Riser-rated fiber optic cable should be marked as OFNR, which
block an optical signal. The size of a dust particle is about the same stands for Optical Fiber Nonconductive Riser. If the fiber optic cable
size or larger than the core of a singlemode optical fiber. includes a metallic armor, it is marked as OFCR for Optical Fiber
Conductive Riser.
What do I use to clean fiber optic connectors?
Special solvents, cleaners, lint-free wipes, and swabs are available.
The swabs are for cleaning inside of the connector on an instrument.
Always follow the manufacturer's cleaning recommendation.
Can fiber optic light cause harm?

Although the light used for fiber optic transmission is in the infrared
range and is not visible to the human eye, it can still cause damage.
Laser light is a concentrated beam that can cause injury or blindness.
Avoid looking into a fiber if it is unknown whether there is an active
light source.
www.extron.com 115
Notes

Worldwide Sales Offices
Extron USA West Extron Electronics Sales/Tech Support +800. 633. 9876 USA & Canada only
Worldwide Headquarters 1025 E. Ball Road Order Support +800. 633. 9873 USA & Canada only
Anaheim, California 92805 Control Systems Support +800. 633. 9877 USA & Canada only
USA +1. 714. 491. 1500
Fax +1. 714. 491. 1517
Extron USA East Extron Electronics Sales +800. 633. 9876 USA & Canada only
2500 N. Raleigh Boulevard +1. 919. 850. 1000
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604 Fax +1. 919. 850. 1001
USA
Extron Europe Extron Electronics Europe Sales +800. EXTRON. S3 Europe only
Hanzeboulevard 10 +800. 3987. 6673 Europe only
3825 PH Amersfoort +31. 33. 453. 4040
The Netherlands Fax +31. 33. 453. 4050
Extron Middle East Extron Electronics Middle East FZE Sales +971. 4. 299. 1800
Dubai Airport Free Zone Fax +971. 4. 299. 1880
F13, PO Box 293666
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Extron Asia Extron Electronics Asia Pte Ltd Sales +800. S3. EXTRON Asia only
135 Joo Seng Road, #04-01 +800. 7339. 8766 Asia only
Singapore 368363 +65. 6383. 4400
Singapore Fax +65. 6383. 4664
Extron Japan Extron Electronics Japan Sales +81. 3. 3511. 7655

Kyodo Building Fax +81. 3. 3511. 7656
16 Ichibancho
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 102-0082
Japan
Extron China Extron Electronics Shanghai Co Ltd Sales +4000. EXTRON China only
686 Ronghua Road +4000. 398766 China only
Songjiang District +86. 21. 3760. 1568
Shanghai 201611 Fax +86. 21. 3760. 1566
China
S3 Sales & Technical USA +800. 633. 9876 USA only Middle East +971. 4. 299. 1800
Support Hotline +1. 714. 491. 1500 Asia +65. 6383. 4400
Europe +800. EXTRON. S3 Europe only Japan +81. 3. 3511. 7655
+800. 3987. 6673 Europe only China +4000. 398766 China only
+31. 33. 453. 4040
24-Hour Technical +800. 633. 9876 then press 3 USA & Canada only
Support Calls are returned within 30 minutes.
Office Hours USA 7:00 am - 5:30 pm Mon-Fri PST Asia 8:30 am - 5:30 pm Mon-Fri GMT+8
Europe 9:00 am - 6:00 pm Mon-Fri GMT+1 Japan 9:00 am - 6:00 pm Mon-Fri GMT+9
Middle East 8:30 am - 5:30 pm Sun-Thu GMT+3 China 8:30 am - 5:00 pm Mon-Fri GMT+8
Web Site www.extron.com
Open Account Qualified accounts may receive Net 30 day payment terms upon
Information approved credit and acceptance of Extrons international credit policy.
A Purchase Order is required by e-mail, fax, or mail. USA only
International Ex Works Extron Anaheim, Ex Works Extron Amersfoort, Ex Works Extron Singapore,
Shipping Terms Ex Works Extron Shanghai, and Ex Works Extron Dubai.
Special Orders Next day shipment for stock items ordered by 2:00 pm PST is standard. USA only
& Handling
Powered Product Three years parts and labor. Touchscreen display and overlay components
Warranty carry a one year parts and labor warranty, while the electronic components
are covered by the Extron three year warranty.
System INTEGRATOR Five years parts and labor.

Speaker Warranty
Cable Performance Limited lifetime. Extron Cable Products will be free from defects in material
Warranty and workmanship for as long as you or your customer own the cable.
Additional Information Please refer to Extron business policies for full details.
2016 Extron Electronics. All rights reserved. All trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. 09-2016
68-3047-01
Rev. A
Letter - English - NP

Fodg 4th Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fodg 4th Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fiber Optic Design Guide

Extron Worldwide Sales Offices

USA West USA East Europe Middle East South Africa

India Asia China Japan Korea

Fiber Optics for AV Professionals

Fiber Optics for Professional AV Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Fiber Optic System Designs

Extron Fiber Optic Product Solutions

Extron Product Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Standards, Glossary, and FAQs

Standards for Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

What is Fiber Optics? throughout sports stadiums, and between floors

Copper Cable Fiber Cable

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2

Fiber Optic Cables are Completely Immune to Electrical Interference Tx Rx Tx Rx

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2 FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus Tx Rx 1 2

FOXBOX Tx DVI Plus OPTICAL FOXBOX Rx DVI Plus OPTICAL

Fiber Optic Cabling, Connectors, and Tools

6 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide

Fibers ultra-low Figure 1.

are prompting its 0.0001 nm 0.01 nm 10 nm 1000 nm 0.01 cm 1 cm 1m 100 m

400 nm 500 nm 600 nm 700 nm

Fiber Optic Technology Properties of Light

8 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide

Incident Reflected Incident Reflected

The index of refraction, or refractive index, is Optical Fiber Construction

all of the light is reflected. Total internal reflection Cladding

is what enables light to be transmitted along an Core

optical fiber. Light is reflected back and forth at an 960 m

attractive for secure transmission in government Core 900 m

The Anatomy of an Optical Fiber

standard 125 m diameter. At the center of

the light information from one point to another. Active Region

a lower refractive index than that of the core. The

10 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide

control signals in AV defective diodes contributes to the higher cost of

Figure 10. Figure 11.

Active Region Active Region

Edge Emission P Edge Emission

12 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide

Both multimode and singlemode fiber can carry

Scattering is the change of direction of light rays Singlemode Multimode

or photons after striking small particles, including

wavelengths tend to experience less scattering 125 m

Absorption is the conversion of light rays into Figure 13.

of the glass and core impurities. In general,

than longer wavelengths. However, water vapor

is a common impurity that occurs in minute

The combined effect of scattering and absorption 850 1300 1550

OM4 fiber is Figure 14.

Multimode Graded Index

Singlemode Step Index

Table 1. Singlemode and Multimode Fiber Categories

* Maximum distance using Extron FOX Series fiber optic extenders.

14 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide

link, including the In an ordinary fiber, light is randomly polarized,

The system designer must ensure that the amount

16 Extron Fiber Optic Design Guide

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

RG59 RG6 Low-Loss Multimode Fiber Singlemode Fiber

The original digital signal in Figure 20(a) has

wide open. After the signal passes through a

effect of dispersion on the individual pulses.